You are on page 1of 355

8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

Product manual (part 1 of 2), procedures


Articulated robot
IRB 6600 - 225/2.55 type A
IRB 6600 - 175/2.8 type A
IRB 6600 - 175/2.55 type A
IRB 6650 - 200/2.75 type A
IRB 6650 - 125/3.2 type A
M2000, M2004,M2000A


http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 1/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 2/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

 Product manual (part 1 of 2), procedures


 IRB 6600 - 225/2.55 type A
 IRB 6600 - 175/2.8 type A
 IRB 6600 - 175/2.55 type A
 IRB 6650 - 200/2.75 type A
 IRB 6650 - 125/3.2 type A
M2000
M2000A
M2004

Document ID: 3HAC 020938-001


Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 3/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

The information in this manual is subject to change without notice and should not be
construed as a commitment by ABB. ABB assumes no responsibility for any errors that
may appear in this manual.
Except as may be expressly stated anywhere in this manual, nothing herein shall be
construed as any kind of guarantee or warranty by ABB for losses, damages to persons
or property, fitness for a specific purpose or the like.
In no event shall ABB be liable for incidental or consequential damages arising from
use of this manual and products described herein.
This manual and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without ABB’s written
permission, and contents thereof must not be imparted to a third party nor be used for
any unauthorized purpose. Contravention will be prosecuted.
Additional copies of this manual may be obtained from ABB at its then current charge.

 © Copyright 2004 ABB All right reserved.


ABB Automation Technologies AB
Robotics
SE-721 68 Västerås

Sweden

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 4/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
Table of Contents

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Product documentation, M2000/M2000A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Product documentation, M2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
How to read the product manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

1 Safety 15
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.2 General safety information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.2.2 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.2.2.1 Safety, service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.2.2.2 Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.2.2.3 Related information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.2.3 Safety risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.2.3.1 Safety risks during service work on robot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.2.3.2 Safety risks related to gripper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1.2.3.3 Safety risks related to tools/workpieces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.2.3.4 Safety risks related to pneumatic/hydraulic systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
1.2.3.5 Safety risks during operational disturbances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.2.3.6 Safety risks during installation and service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.2.3.7 Risks associated with live electric parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.2.4 Safety actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.2.4.1 Safety fence dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.2.4.2 Fire extinguishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.2.4.3 Emergency release of the robot’s arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.2.4.4 Brake testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.2.4.5 Risk of disabling function "Reduced speed 250 mm/s" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.2.4.6 Safe use of the Teach Pendant Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.2.4.7 Work inside the manipulator’s working range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.3 Safety related instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.3.1 Safety signals, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
1.3.2 DANGER - Moving manipulators are potentially lethal! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.3.3 WARNING - The brake release buttons may be jammed after service work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
1.3.4 WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.3.5 WARNING - Safety risks during work with gearbox oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
1.3.6 WARNING - Mixed oils may cause severe damage to gearbox! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

2 Installation and commissioning 45


2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.2 Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.2.1 Pre-installation procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.2.2 Working range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.2.3 Risk of tipping / stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2.3 On-site installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
2.3.1 Lifting robot with fork lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
2.3.2 Lifting robot with roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.3.3 Lifting robot with lifting slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2.3.4 Manually releasing the brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
2.3.5 Lifting the base plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
2.3.6 Securing the base plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
2.3.7 Orienting and securing the robot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2.3.8 Fitting equipment on robot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
2.3.9 Installation of chip and dust protection (option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.3.10 Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C 3

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 5/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
Table of Contents

2.4 Restricting the working range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92


2.4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
2.4.2 Mechanically restricting the working range of axis 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2.4.3 Mechanically restricting the working range of axis 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.4.4 Mechanically restricting the working range of axis 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.4.5 Position switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2.5 Electrical connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
2.5.1 Robot cabling and connection points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

3 Maintenance 107
3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
3.2 Maintenance schedule and expected component life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
3.2.1 Specification of maintenance intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
3.2.2 Maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
3.2.3 Expected component life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

3.3 Inspection activities


3.3.1 Inspection, . . . . gearbox
oil level . . . . . . . axis
. . . .1. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 113
113
3.3.2 Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.3.3 Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
3.3.4 Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
3.3.5 Inspection, oil level, gearbox axis 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
3.3.6 Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
3.3.7 Inspection, balancing device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
3.3.8 Inspection, cable harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
3.3.9 Inspection, information labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
3.3.10 Inspection, mechanical stop, axis 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
3.3.11 Inspection, additional mechanical stops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
3.3.12 Inspection, damper axes 2-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
3.3.13 Inspection, position switch axes 1, 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.3.14 Inspection, signal lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
3.4 Replacement/changing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
3.4.1 Oil in gearboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
3.4.2 Oil change, gearbox axis 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
3.4.3 Oil change, gearbox axis 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
3.4.4 Oil change, gearbox, axis 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
3.4.5 Oil change, gearbox, axis 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
3.4.6 Oil change, gearbox, axis 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
3.4.7 Oil change, gearbox axis 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
3.4.8 Replacement of SMB battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
3.5 Lubrication activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
3.5.1 Lubrication, balancing device bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
3.6 Cleaning activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
3.6.1 Cleaning, robot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
3.7 Service Information System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3.7.1 Using the SIS system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
3.7.2 Description of Service Information System (SIS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
3.7.3 SIS system parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
3.7.4 Setting the SIS parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
3.7.5 Reading the SIS output logs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
3.7.6 Exporting the SIS data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

4 Repair 195
4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

4 3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 6/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
Table of Contents

4.2 General procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196


4.2.1 Performing a leak-down test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
4.2.2 Mounting instructions for bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
4.2.3 Mounting instructions for seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
4.3 Complete manipulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
4.3.1 Replacement of cable harness, axes 1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
4.3.2 Replacement of cable harness, axes 5-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
4.3.3 Replacement of complete arm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
4.4 Upper and lower arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
4.4.1 Replacement of turning disk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
4.4.2 Replacement of complete wrist unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
4.4.3 Replacement of upper arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
4.4.4 Replacement of complete lower arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
4.4.5 Replacement of lower arm shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
4.4.6 Securing the lower arm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
4.5 Frame and base. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
4.5.1 Replacement of SMB unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
4.5.2 Replacement of brake release unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
4.5.3 Replacement of balancing device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
4.5.4 Unloading the balancing device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
4.5.5 Restoring the balancing device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
4.6 Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
4.6.1 Replacement of motor, axis 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
4.6.2 Replacement of motor axis 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
4.6.3 Replacement of motor, axis 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
4.6.4 Replacement of motor, axis 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
4.6.5 Replacement of motor, axis 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
4.6.6 Replacement of motor, axis 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
4.7 Gearboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
4.7.1 Replacement of gearbox, axis 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
4.7.2 Replacement of gearbox axis 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
4.7.3 Replacement of gearbox, axis 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
4.7.4 Replacement of gearbox, axis 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

5 Calibration information 337


5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
5.2 Calibration methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
5.3 Calibration scales and correct axis position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
5.4 Calibration movement directions for all axes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
5.5 Updating revolution counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
5.6 Checking the calibration position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

6 Decommissioning 349
6.1 Environmental information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
6.2 Decommissioning of balancing device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C 5

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 7/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
Table of Contents

6 3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 8/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

 Overview

Overview

About this manual


This manual contains instructions for
• mechanical and electrical installation of the manipulator
• maintenance of the manipulator
• mechanical and electrical repair of the manipulator.

Usage
This manual should be used during
• installation, from lifting the manipulator to its work site and securing it to the
foundation to making it ready for operation

• maintenance work 
• repair work.

Who should read this manual?


This manual is intended for:
• installation personnel
• maintenance personnel
• repair personnel.

Prerequisites
The reader should...
• be a trained maintenance/repair craftsman
• have the required knowledge of mechanical and electrical installation/repair/ 
maintenance work.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   7

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 9/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 
Overview

Organization of chapters
The manual is organized in the following chapters:

Chapter Contents
Safety Safety information
Installation and Information about installation of the manipulator.
commissioning
Maintenance Information about maintenance work, including maintenance
schedules.
Repair Information about repair work.
Calibration Information Procedures that does not require specific calibration
equipment.
Decommissioning Environmental information about the manipulator.

Revisions

Revision Description
- First edition.
Replaces previous manuals:
• Installation and Commssioning Manual
• Maintenance Manual
• Repair Manual, part 1
• Repair Manual, part 2.
Changes made in the material from the previous manuals:
• Previous separate Removal and Refitting sections combined to one
Replacement section.
• New spare part number for the balancing device, section Replacement of
balancing device  on page 263.
• New spare part numbers for the motors, section Motors  on page 278.
• Updated instructions for calibration that describe the use of the Wyler
calibration equipment, chapter Calibration information  on page 337.
• Modified maintenance intervals for oil change and lubrication of
balancing device bearing, section Maintenance schedule  on page 109.
• Corrected information about the weight of the wrist unit, section
Replacement of complete wrist unit  on page 225.
• More detailed instructions of how to use special tools when removing and
refitting the lower arm shaft, new section Replacement of lower arm shaft  
on page 246.
• More detailed information about how to use special tools when securing
the lower arm with a fixture, new section Securing the lower arm  on page
251.
• Information about a cable protection at the lower arm, section Installation
of position switch, axis 2  on page 102.
• Various corrections and editing made in text and figures due to technical
revisions, changes in the toolkits etc.
A • Model M2004 implemented.
• New spare part number for axis 6 motor.
• Removed section Alternative calibration .

8   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 10/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

 Overview

Revision Description
B Changes made in chapter Calibration:
• Chapter Calibration is replaced with chapter Calibration information.
• Chapter Safety, Service is replaced with a new Safety chapter.
C • New lubricating oil in the gearboxes. Changes are made in the chapter:
Maintenance .

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   9

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 11/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 
Product documentation, M2000/M2000A

Product documentation, M2000/M2000A

General
The complete product documentation kit for the M2000 robot system, including controller,
robot and any hardware option, consists of the manuals listed below:

Hardware manuals
All hardware, robots and controller cabinets, will be delivered with a Product manual which
is divided into two parts:
Product manual, procedures
• Safety information
• Installation and commissioning (descriptions of mechanical installation, electrical
connections and loading system software)
• Maintenance (descriptions of all required preventive maintenance procedures
including intervals)
• Repair (descriptions of all recommended repair procedures including spare parts)
• Additional procedures, if any (calibration, decommissioning)
Product manual, reference information
• Reference information (article numbers for documentation referred to in Product
manual, procedures, lists of tools, safety standards)
• Part list
• Foldouts or exploded views
• Circuit diagrams

Software manuals
The software documentation consists of a wide range of manuals, ranging from manuals for
basic understanding of the operating system to manuals for entering parameters during
operation.
A complete listing of all available software manuals is available from ABB.

Controller hardware option manual


Each hardware option for the controller is supplied with its own documentation. Each
document set contains the types of information specified below:
• Installation information
• Repair information
• Maintenance information
In addition, spare part information is supplied for the entire option.

10   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 12/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

 Product documentation, M2004

Product documentation, M2004

General
The robot documentation may be divided into a number of categories. This listing is based on
the type of information contained within the documents, regardless of whether the products
are standard or optional. This means that any given delivery of robot products will not contain
all documents listed, only the ones pertaining to the equipment delivered.
However, all documents listed may be ordered from ABB. The documents listed are valid for
M2004 robot systems.

Hardware manuals
All hardware, robots and controller cabinets, will be delivered with a Product manual which
is divided into two parts:

Product manual, procedures


• Safety information
• Installation and commissioning (descriptions of mechanical installation, electrical
connections and loading system software)
• Maintenance (descriptions of all required preventive maintenance procedures
including intervals)
• Repair (descriptions of all recommended repair procedures including spare parts)
• Additional procedures, if any (calibration, decommissioning)
Product manual, reference information

• Reference information (article numbers for documentation referred to in Product


manual, procedures, lists of tools, safety standards)
• Part list
• Foldouts or exploded views
• Circuit diagrams

RobotWare manuals
The following manuals describe the robot software in general and contain relevant reference
information:
• RAPID Overview: An overview of the RAPID programming language.
• RAPID reference manual part 1 : Description of all RAPID instructions.
• RAPID reference manual part 2 : Description of all RAPID functions and data types.
• Technical reference manual - System parameters: Description of system
parameters and configuration workflows.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   11

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 13/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 
Product documentation, M2004

Application manuals
Specific applications (e.g. software or hardware options) are described in Application
manuals. An application manual can describe one or several applications.
An application manual generally contains information about:
• The purpose of the application (what it does and when it is useful)
• What is included (e.g. cables, I/O boards, RAPID instructions, system parameters)
• How to use the application
• Examples of how to use the application

Operator’s manuals
This group of manuals is aimed at those having first hand operational contact with the robot,
i.e. production cell operators, programmers and trouble shooters. The group of manuals

include:
• Operator’s manual - IRC5 with FlexPendant
• Operator’s manual - RobotStudio Online
• Trouble shooting manual for the controller and robot

Miscellaneous
A number of manuals provide generic descriptions of the robot and robot system. These
include:
• Robot fundamentals (describing the fundamental aspects, functions, concept and
similar, of a robot system to provide a basic understanding of the robot system)

12   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 14/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

 How to read the product manual

How to read the product manual

Reading the procedures


The procedures contain references to figures, tools, material etc. The references are read as
described below.

References to figures
The procedures often include references to components or attachment points located on the
robot/controller. The components or attachment points are marked with italic text  in the
procedures and completed with a reference to the figure where the current component or
attachment point is shown.
The denomination in the procedure for the component or attachment point corresponds to the
denomination in the referenced figure.

The table below shows an example of a reference to a figure from a step in an procedure.

Step Action Note/Illustration


8. Remove the rear attachment screws, gearbox. Shown in the figure Location of
gearbox on page xx .

References to required equipment


The procedures often include references to equipment (spare parts, tools etc.) required for the
different actions in the procedure. The equipment is marked with italic text  in the procedures
and completed with a reference to the section where the equipment is listed with further
information, i.e. article number, dimension.
The denomination in the procedure for the component or attachment point corresponds to the
denomination in the referenced list.
The table below shows an example of a reference to a list of required equipment, from a step
in an procedure.

Step Action Note/Illustration


3. Fit a new sealing, axis 2  to the gearbox. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment on page xx .

Safety information
The manual includes a separate safety chapter that must be read through before proceeding
with any service or installation procedures. All procedures also include specific safety
information when dangerous steps are to be performed. Read more in chapter Safety on page
15.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   13

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 15/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 
How to read the product manual

14   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 16/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.1. Introduction

1 Safety
1.1. Introduction

Overview
The safety information in this manual is divided in two categories:
• general safety aspects, important to attend to before performing any service work on
the robot. These are applicable for all service work and are found in section General
safety information on page 16.
• specific safety information, pointed out in the procedure at the moment of the danger.
How to avoid and eliminate the danger is either detailed directly in the procedure, or
further detailed in separate instructions, found in section Safety related instructions on
page 36.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   15

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 17/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.2.1. Introduction

1.2 General safety information

1.2.1. Introduction

Definitions
This section details general safety information for service personnel i.e. personnel performing
installation, repair and maintenance work.

Sections
The general safety information is divided into the following sections:
1. General information contains lists of:
• Safety, service
• Limitation of liability
• Referenced documents
2. Safety risks lists dangers relevant when servicing the robot system. The dangers are split
into different categories:
• Safety risks during service work on robot
• Safety risks related to gripper/end effector
• Safety risks related to tools/workpieces
• Safety risks related to pneumatic/hydraulic systems
• Safety risks during operational disturbances
• Safety risks during installation and service
• Risks associated with live electric parts
3. Safety actions details actions which may be taken to remedy or avoid dangers.
• Safety fence dimensions
• Fire extinguishing
• Emergency release of the manipulator´s arm
• Brake testing
• Risk of disabling function "Reduced speed 250 mm/s"
• Safe use of the Teach Pendant Unit enabling device

• Work inside the manipulator´s working range


• Signal lamp (optional)

16   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 18/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.2.2.1. Safety, service

1.2.2. General information

1.2.2.1. Safety, service

Validity and responsibility


The information does not cover how to design, install and operate a complete system, nor
does it cover all peripheral equipment, which can influence the safety of the total system. To
protect personnel, the complete system must be designed and installed in accordance with the
safety requirements set forth in the standards and regulations of the country where the robot
is installed.
The users of ABB industrial robots are responsible for ensuring that the applicable safety laws
and regulations in the country concerned are observed and that the safety devices necessary
to protect people working with the robot system have been designed and installed correctly.

Personnel working with robots must be familiar with the operation and handling of the
industrial robot, described in the applicable documents, e.g. User’s Guide and Product
Manual.

Connection of external safety devices


Apart from the built-in safety functions, the robot is also supplied with an interface for the
connection of external safety devices. Via this interface, an external safety function can
interact with other machines and peripheral equipment. This means that control signals can
act on safety signals received from the peripheral equipment as well as from the robot.
In the Product Manual - Installation and Commissioning, instructions are provided for
connecting safety devices between the robot and the peripheral equipment.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   17

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 19/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.2.2.2. Limitation of Liability

1.2.2.2. Limitation of Liability

General
Any information given in this manual regarding safety, must not be construed as a warranty
by ABB that the industrial robot will not cause injury or damage even if all safety instructions
have been complied with.

18   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 20/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.2.2.3. Related information

1.2.2.3. Related information

General
The list below specifies documents which contain useful information:

Documents

Type of information Detailed in document Section


Installation of safety devices Product manual for the Installation and commissioning
manipulator
Changing robot modes User’s Guide Start-up
Restricting the working space Product manual for the Installation and commissioning
manipulator

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   19

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 21/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.2.3.1. Safety risks during service work on robot

1.2.3. Safety risks

1.2.3.1. Safety risks during service work on robot

Overview
This section includes information of general safety risks to be considered when performing
service work on the robot.

20   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 22/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.2.3.1. Safety risks during service work on robot

Complete robot

Safety risk Description


Hot components!

Caution!

Motors and gears are HOT after running the robot!


Touching the motors and gears may result in burns!
Removed parts may result in
collapse of robot!

Warning!

Take any necessary measures to ensure that the robot


does not collapse as parts are removed, e.g. secure the
lower arm with fixtures if removing motor, axis 2.

Cabling

Safety risk Description


Cable packs are sensitive to
mechanical damage!

Caution!

The cable packs are sensitive to mechanical damage!


They must be handled with care, especially the
connectors, in order to avoid damaging them!

Gearboxes and motors

Safety risk Description


Gears may be damaged if
excessive force is used!

Caution!

Whenever parting/mating motor and gearbox, the gears


may be damaged if excessive force is used!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   21

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 23/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.2.3.1. Safety risks during service work on robot

Balancing device

Safety risk Description


Dangerous balancing device!

Warning!

Do not under any circumstances, deal with the balancing


device in any other way than that detailed in the product
documentation! For example, attempting to open the
balancing device is potentially lethal!

22   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 24/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.2.3.2. Safety risks related to gripper

1.2.3.2. Safety risks related to gripper

CAUTION!

Ensure that a gripper is prevented from dropping a workpiece, if such is used.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   23

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 25/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.2.3.3. Safety risks related to tools/workpieces

1.2.3.3. Safety risks related to tools/workpieces

Safe handling
It must be possible to turn off tools, such as milling cutters, etc., safely. Make sure that guards
remain closed until the cutters stop rotating.
It should be possible to release parts by manual operation (valves).

Safe design
Grippers/end effectors must be designed so that they retain workpieces in the event of a power
failure or a disturbance of the controller.

24   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 26/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.2.3.4. Safety risks related to pneumatic/hydraulic systems

1.2.3.4. Safety risks related to pneumatic/hydraulic systems

General
Special safety regulations apply to pneumatic and hydraulic systems.

Residual energy
• Residual energy may be present in these systems so, after shutdown, particular care
must be taken.
• The pressure in pneumatic and hydraulic systems must be released before starting to
repair them.

Safe design
• Gravity may cause any parts or objects held by these systems to drop.

• Dump valves should be used in case of emergency.


• Shot bolts should be used to prevent tools, etc., from falling due to gravity.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   25

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 27/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.2.3.5. Safety risks during operational disturbances

1.2.3.5. Safety risks during operational disturbances

General
• The industrial robot is a flexible tool which can be used in many different industrial
applications.
• All work must be carried out professionally and in accordance with the applicable
safety regulations.
• Care must be taken at all times.

Qualified personnel
• Remedial action must only be carried out by qualified personnel who are familiar with
the entire installation as well as the special risks associated with its different parts.

Extraordinary risks
If the working process is interrupted, extra care must be taken due to risks other than those
associated with regular operation. Such an interruption may have to be rectified manually.

26   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 28/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.2.3.6. Safety risks during installation and service

1.2.3.6. Safety risks during installation and service

General risks during installation and service


• The instructions in the Product Manual - Installation and Commissioning must always
be followed.
• Emergency stop buttons must be positioned in easily accessible places so that the robot
can be stopped quickly.
• Those in charge of operations must make sure that safety instructions are available for
the installation in question.
• Those who install the robot must have the appropriate training for the robot system in
question and in any safety matters associated with it.

Nation/region specific regulations


To prevent injuries and damage during the installation of the robot system, the regulations
applicable in the country concerned and the instructions of ABB Robotics must be complied
with.

Non-voltage related risks


• Safety zones, which have to be crossed before admittance, must be set up in front of
the robot's working space. Light beams or sensitive mats are suitable devices.
• Turntables or the like should be used to keep the operator out of the robot's working
space.
• The axes are affected by the force of gravity when the brakes are released. In addition
to the risk of being hit by moving robot parts, you run the risk of being crushed by the
parallel arm.
• Energy, stored in the robot for the purpose of counterbalancing certain axes, may be
released if the robot, or parts thereof, is dismantled.
• When dismantling/assembling mechanical units, watch out for falling objects.
• Be aware of stored heat energy in the controller.
• Never use the robot as a ladder, i.e. do not climb on the robot motors or other part
during service work. There is a serious risk of slipping because of the high temperature
of the motors or oil spills that can occur on the robot.

To be observed by the supplier of the complete system


• The supplier of the complete system must ensure that all circuits used in the safety
function are interlocked in accordance with the applicable standards for that function.
• The supplier of the complete system must ensure that all circuits used in the
emergency stop function are interlocked in a safe manner, in accordance with the
applicable standards for the emergency stop function.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   27

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 29/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.2.3.7. Risks associated with live electric parts

1.2.3.7. Risks associated with live electric parts

Voltage related risks, general


• Although troubleshooting may, on occasion, have to be carried out while the power
supply is turned on, the robot must be turned off (by setting the mains switch to OFF)
when repairing faults, disconnecting electric leads and disconnecting or connecting
units.
• The mains supply to the robot must be connected in such a way that it can be turned
off outside the robot's working space.

Voltage related risks, controller


A danger of high voltage is associated with the following parts:
• Be aware of stored electrical energy (DC link) in the controller.
• Units inside the controller, e.g. I/O modules, can be supplied with power from an
external source.
• The mains supply/mains switch
• The power unit
• The power supply unit for the computer system (230 VAC)
• The rectifier unit (400-480 VAC and 700 VDC. Note: Capacitors!)
• The drive unit (700 VDC)
• The service outlets (115/230 VAC)
• The power supply unit for tools, or special power supply units for the machining
process
• The external voltage connected to the control cabinet remains live even when the robot
is disconnected from the mains.
• Additional connections

Voltage related risks, robot


A danger of high voltage is associated with the robot in:
• The power supply for the motors (up to 800 VDC)
• The user connections for tools or other parts of the installation (max. 230 VAC, see
Installation and Commissioning Manual)

Voltage related risks, tools, material handling devices, etc


Tools, material handling devices, etc., may be live even if the robot system is in the OFF
position. Power supply cables which are in motion during the working process may be
damaged.

28   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 30/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.2.4.1. Safety fence dimensions

1.2.4. Safety actions

1.2.4.1. Safety fence dimensions

General
Install a safety cell around the robot to ensure safe robot installation and operation.

Dimensioning
Dimension the fence or enclosure to enable it to withstand the force created if the load being
handled by the robot is dropped or released at maximum speed. Determine the maximum
speed from the maximum velocities of the robot axes and from the position at which the robot
is working in the work cell (see Product Specification - Description, Robot Motion).
Also consider the maximum possible impact caused by a breaking or malfunctioning rotating

tool or other device fitted to the manipulator.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   29

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 31/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.2.4.2. Fire extinguishing

1.2.4.2. Fire extinguishing

NOTE!

Use a CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) extinguisher in the event of a fire in the robot (manipulator
or controller)!

30   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 32/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.2.4.3. Emergency release of the robot’s arm

1.2.4.3. Emergency release of the robot’s arm

Description
In an emergency situation, any of the robot’s axes may be released manually by pushing the
brake release buttons on the robot or on an optional external brake release unit.
How to release the brakes is detailed in section:
•  Manually releasing the brakes on page 67.
The robot arm may be moved manually on smaller robot models, but larger models may
require using an overhead crane or similar.

Increased injury
Before releasing the brakes, make sure that the weight of the arms does not increase the
pressure on the trapped person, further increasing any injury!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   31

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 33/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.2.4.4. Brake testing

1.2.4.4. Brake testing

When to test
During operation the holding brakes of each axis motor wear normally. A test may be
performed to determine whether the brake can still perform its function.

How to test
The function of each axis’ motor holding brakes may be checked as detailed below:
1. Run each manipulator axis to a position where the combined weight of the manipulator
arm and any load is maximized (max. static load).
2. Switch the motor to the MOTORS OFF position with the Operating mode selector on the
controller.
3. Check that the axis maintains its position.
If the manipulator does not change position as the motors are switched off, then the brake
function is adequate.

32   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 34/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.2.4.5. Risk of disabling function "Reduced speed 250 mm/s"

1.2.4.5. Risk of disabling function "Reduced speed 250 mm/s"

NOTE!

Do not change "Transm gear ratio" or other kinematic parameters from the Teach Pendant
Unit or a PC. This will affect the safety function Reduced speed 250 mm/s.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   33

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 35/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.2.4.6. Safe use of the Teach Pendant Unit

1.2.4.6. Safe use of the Teach Pendant Unit

NOTE!

The enabling device is a push button located on the side of the Teach Pendant Unit (TPU)
which, when pressed halfway in, takes the system to MOTORS ON. When the enabling
device is released or pushed all the way in, the robot is taken to the MOTORS OFF state.
To ensure safe use of the Teach Pendant Unit, the following must be implemented:
• The enabling device must never be rendered inoperative in any way.
• During programming and testing, the enabling device must be released as soon as
there is no need for the robot to move.
• The programmer must always bring the Teach Pendant Unit with him/her, when
entering the robot's working space. This is to prevent anyone else taking control over
the robot without the programmer knowing.

34   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 36/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.2.4.7. Work inside the manipulator’s working range

1.2.4.7. Work inside the manipulator’s working range

WARNING!

If work must be carried out within the robot’s work envelope, the following points must be
observed:
• The operating mode selector on the controller must be in the manual mode position to
render the enabling device operative and to block operation from a computer link or
remote control panel.
• The robot's speed is limited to max. 250 mm/s when the operating mode selector is in
position < 250 mm/s. This should be the normal position when entering the working
space. The position 100% "full speed" may only be used by trained personnel who are
aware of the risks that this entails.
• Pay attention to the rotating axes of the manipulator! Keep a distance to the axes in
order not to get entangled with hair or clothing. Also be aware of any danger that may
be caused by rotating tools or other devices mounted on the manipulator or inside the
cell.
• Test the motor brake on each axis, according to section Brake testing on page 32.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   35

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 37/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.3.1. Safety signals, general

1.3 Safety related instructions

1.3.1. Safety signals, general

General
This section specifies all dangers that may arise from performing the work detailed in the
manual. Each danger is detailed in its own section consisting of:
• A caption specifying the danger level (DANGER, WARNING or CAUTION) and the
type of danger.
• A brief description of what will happen if the operator/service personnel does not 
eliminate the danger.
• An instruction of how to eliminate the danger to facilitate performing the activity at
hand.

Danger levels
The table below defines the captions specifying the danger levels used throughout this
manual.

Symbol Designation Signification


DANGER Warns that an accident will  occur if the instructions
are not followed, resulting in a serious or fatal injury
and/or severe damage to the product. It applies to
warnings that apply to danger with, for example,
contact with high voltage electrical units, explosion
or fire risk, risk of poisonous gases, risk of crushing,
danger impact, fall from height etc.
WARNING Warns that an accident may  occur if the instructions
are not followed, that can lead to serious injury,
possibly fatal, and/or great damage to the product. It
applies to warnings that apply to danger with, for
example, contact with high voltage electrical units,
explosion or fire risk, risk of poisonous gases, risk of
warning crushing, impact, fall from height etc.
ELECTRICAL The electrocution or electrical shock symbol
SHOCK indicates electrical hazards which could result in
severe personal injury or death.

Electrical shock

CAUTION Warns that an accident may occur if the instructions


are not followed, that can result in injury and/or
damage to the product. It also applies to warnings of
risks that include burns, eye injury, skin injury,
hearing damage, crushing or slipping, tripping,
impact, fall from height etc. Furthermore, it applies to
caution warnings that include function requirements when
fitting and removing equipment, where there is a risk
of damaging the product or causing a breakdown.

36   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 38/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.3.1. Safety signals, general

Symbol Designation Signification


ELECTROSTATIC The electrostatic discharge (ESD) symbol indicates
DISCHARGE (ESD) electrostatic hazards which could result in severe
damage to the product.

Electrostatic discharge
(ESD)

NOTE Note symbols alert you to important facts and


conditions.

Note

TIP Tip symbols direct you to specific instructions, where


to find additional information or how to perform a
certain operation in an easier way.

Tip

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   37

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 39/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.3.2. DANGER - Moving manipulators are potentially lethal!

1.3.2. DANGER - Moving manipulators are potentially lethal!

Description
Any moving manipulator is a potentially lethal machine.
When running the manipulator, it may perform unexpected and sometimes irrational
movements. However, all movements are performed with great force and may seriously
injure any personnel and/or damage any piece of equipment located within the manipulator
working range.

Elimination

Step Action Info/Illustration


1. Before attempting to run the manipulator, Emergency stop equipment such as
make sure all emergency stop equipment   gates, tread mats, light curtains, etc.
has been correctly installed and connected.
2. If possible, use the hold-to-run button How to use the hold-to-run control in
whenever possible. RobotWare 5.0 is detailed in section
The hold-to-run button is used in manual How to use the hold-to-run switch  in
mode, not in automatic mode. the Operator’s Manual, IRC5.
How to use the hold-to-run control in
RobotWare 4.0 is detailed in section
The Teach Pendant unit  in the User’s
Guide.
3. Make sure no personnel is present within
the manipulator working range before
pressing the start button.

38   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 40/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.3.3. WARNING - The brake release buttons may be jammed after service work

1.3.3. WARNING - The brake release buttons may be jammed after service work

Description
The brake release unit has push buttons for brake release of each axis motor. When service
work is performed inside the SMB recess that includes removal and refitting of the brake
release unit, the brake release buttons may be jammed after refitting!
In case the power is turned on while a brake release button is jammed in depressed position,
the affected motor brake is released! This may cause serious personal injuries and damage to
the robot!

Elimination
To eliminate the danger after service work has been performed inside the SMB recess, follow
the procedure below:

Step Action
1. Make sure the power is turned off.
2. Remove the push button guard, if necessary.
3. Check the push buttons of the brake release unit by pressing them down, one by
one.
Make sure none of the buttons are jammed in the tube.
4. If a button gets jammed in the depressed position, the alignment of the brake release
unit must be adjusted so that the buttons can move freely in their tubes!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   39

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 41/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.3.4. WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD!

1.3.4. WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD!

Description
ESD (electro static discharge) is the transfer of electrical static charge between two bodies at
different potentials, either through direct contact or through an induced electrical field. When
handling parts or their containers, personnel not connected to ground potential may transfer
high static charges. This discharge may destroy sensitive electronics.

Elimination

Step Action Note/Illustration


1. Use a wrist strap Wrist straps must be tested frequently to
ensure that they are not damaged and are
operating correctly.
2. Use an ESD protective floor mat. The mat must be grounded through a current-
limiting resistor.
3. Use a dissipative table mat. The mat should provide a controlled discharge
of static voltages and must be grounded.

40   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 42/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.3.5. WARNING - Safety risks during work with gearbox oil

1.3.5. WARNING - Safety risks during work with gearbox oil

Description
When handling the gearbox oil, there are several dangers to both personal injuries and product
damages! Following safety information must be regarded before performing any work with
the oil in the gearboxes!

Warnings and elimination

Warning Description Elimination / Action


Changing and draining Make sure that protective gear
gearbox oil may require like goggles and gloves are
handling hot oil of up to 90 °C! always worn during this activity.

Hot oil!
When opening the oil plug, Open oil plug carefully and keep
there may be pressure present away from the opening. Do not
in the gearbox, causing oil to overfill the gearbox when filling.
spray from the opening!

Possible pressure build


up in gearbox!
Overfilling of gearbox oil can Make sure not to overfill the
lead to internal over-pressure gearbox when filling with oil!
inside the gearbox which in After filling, check the correct oil
turn may: level.
• damage seals and
-
gaskets
Do not overfill! • completely press out
seals and gaskets
• prevent the manipulator
from moving freely.
Mixing types of oil may cause When filling gearbox oil, do not
severe damage to the mix different types of oil unless
gearbox! specified in the instruction.
Always use the type of oil
specified by the manufacturer!
-

Do not mix types of oil!


Warm oil drains quicker than When changing gearbox oil, first
cold oil. run the robot for a time to heat
up the oil.

Heat up the oil!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   41

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 43/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.3.5. WARNING - Safety risks during work with gearbox oil

Warning Description Elimination / Action


The specified amount of oil is After refilling, check the oil level.
based on the total volume of
the gearbox. When changing
the oil, the amount of refilled oil
may differ from the specified
- amount, depending on how
much oil has previously been
Specified amount
drained from the gearbox.
depends on drained
volume!

42   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 44/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 1 Safety
1.3.6. WARNING - Mixed oils may cause severe damage to gearbox!

1.3.6. WARNING - Mixed oils may cause severe damage to gearbox!

Description
The six gearboxes of the robot are historically filled with different types of oil. When refilling
a gearbox it is extremely important to fill with exactly the same type of oil that is currently
used! In case the gearbox oil is contaminated with an other type of oil, the gearbox may be
severely damaged and must therefor be rinsed.

Shell Tivela S 150 mixed with Optimol Optigear RMO 150


The procedure below details how to rinse the contaminated gearbox if the oil types Shell
Tivela S 150 and Optimol Optigear RMO 150 are mixed.

Step Action Note

1. Flush the gearbox properly three times with the correct type
of oil. Use a service program when flushing.
2. Refill the gearbox with the correct type of oil.

Shell Tivela S 150 mixed with Mobil Gearlube X320


The procedure below details how to rinse the contaminated gearbox if the oil types Shell
Tivela S 150 and Mobil Gearlube X320 are mixed.

Step Action Note


1. If the gearbox should contain Tivela S 150 and is
contaminated with Gearlube X320:
• Flush the gearbox properly three times with Tivela S
150. Use a service program when flushing.
• Refill the gearbox with Tivela S 150.
2. If the gearbox should contain Gearlube X320 and is
contaminated with Tivela S 150:
• Drain the gearbox.
• Flush the gearbox once with Gearlube X320. Use a
serviceprogram when flushing.
• Drain the gearbox properly! It is important to allow all
the oil be drained from the gearbox!
• Refill the gearbox with Gearlube X320.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   43

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 45/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
1 Safety
1.3.6. WARNING - Mixed oils may cause severe damage to gearbox!

44   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 46/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.1. Introduction

2 Installation and commissioning


2.1. Introduction

General
This chapter contains information for installing the robot to the working site.
More detailed technical data, such as load diagram, permitted extra loads (equipment) and
location of extra loads (equipment), may be found in the Product Specification for the robot.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   45

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 47/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.2.1. Pre-installation procedure

2.2 Unpacking

2.2.1. Pre-installation procedure

General
This section is intended for use when unpacking and installing the robot for the first time. It
also contains information useful during later re-installation of the robot.

Checking the pre-requisites for installation


The checklist below details what must be observed before proceeding with the actual
installation of the robot:
1. Make sure only qualified installation personnel conforming to all national and local codes
are allowed to perform the installation.

2. Visually inspect the robot to make sure it is not damaged.


3. Make sure the lifting device used is suitable to handle the weight of the robot as specified
in Weight, robot  on page 46.
4. If the robot is not installed directly, it must be stored as described in Storage conditions,
robot  on page 47.
5. Make sure the expected operating environment of the robot conforms to the specifications
as described in Operating conditions, robot  on page 47.
6. Before taking the robot to its installation site, make sure the site conforms to  Loads on
 foundation, robot  on page 47, Requirements on foundation, robot  on page 47 and
Protection classes, robot  on page 48.
7. Before moving the robot, please observe Risk of tipping / stability on page 53 regarding
risk of tipping!
8. When these prerequisites are met, the robot may be taken to its installation site as
described in section On-site installation on page 54.

Weight, robot
The table below shows the weights of the different models:

Robot model Weight


IRB 6600 - 175/2.55 1700 kg
IRB 6600 - 225/2.55 1700 kg
IRB 6600 - 175/2.8 1700 kg
IRB 6650 - 125/3.2 1725 kg
IRB 6650 - 200/2.75 1700 kg

46   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 48/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.2.1. Pre-installation procedure

Loads on foundation, robot


The table below shows the various forces and torques working on the robot during different
kinds of operation.
Note! These forces and torques are extreme values that are rarely encountered during
operation. The values also never reach their maximum simultaneously!

Force Endurance load (operation) Max. load (emergency stop)


Force xy ± 10.1 kN ± 20.7 kN
Force z 18.0 ± 13.8 kN 18.0 ± 22.4 kN
Torque xy ± 27.6 kNm ± 50.6 kNm
Torque z ± 7.4 kNm ± 14.4 kNm

Requirements on foundation, robot


The table below shows the requirements for the foundation where the robot is installed:

Requirement Value Note


Min. levelity 0.5 mm
Max. tilt 5° The limit for the maximum load on the robot
is reduced if the robot is tilted.
Contact ABB for further information about
acceptable loads.
Min. resonance frequency 22 Hz

Storage conditions, robot


The table below shows the allowed storage conditions for the robot:

Parameter Value
Min. ambient temperature -25° C
Max. ambient temperature +55°C
Max. ambient temperature (less than 24 hrs) +70°C
Max. ambient humidity Max. 95% at constant temperature

Operating conditions, robot


The table below shows the allowed operating conditions for the robot:

Parameter Value
Min. ambient temperature +5° C
Max. ambient temperature +50°C
Max. ambient humidity Max. 95% at constant temperature

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   47

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 49/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.2.1. Pre-installation procedure

Protection classes, robot


The table below shows the protection class of the robot:

Equipment Protection class


robot IP 67

48   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 50/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.2.2. Working range

2.2.2. Working range

Working range
This section details the working ranges of the manipulator models.

IRB 6600 - 175/2.55 and IRB 6600 - 225/2.55


The illustration below shows the unrestricted working range of IRB 6600 - 175/2.55 and IRB
6600 - 225/2.55:

xx0200000025

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   49

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 51/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.2.2. Working range

IRB 6600 - 175/2.8


The illustration below shows the unrestricted working range of IRB 6600 - 175/2.8:

xx0200000026

50   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 52/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.2.2. Working range

IRB 6650 - 125/3.2


The illustration below shows the unrestricted working range of IRB 6650 - 125/3.2:

xx0200000338

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   51

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 53/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.2.2. Working range

IRB 6650 - 200/2.75


The illustration below shows the unrestricted working range of IRB 6650 - 200/2.75:

xx0200000339

52   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 54/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.2.3. Risk of tipping / stability

2.2.3. Risk of tipping / stability

Risk of tipping
When the robot is not fastened to the foundation and standing still, the robot is not stable in
the whole working area. Moving the arms will displace the center of gravity, which may cause
the robot to tip over. Do not change the robot position before securing it to the foundation.

Stabililty
The figure below shows the robot in its shipping position, which also is its most stable
position.

xx0100000103

WARNING!
The robot is likely to be mechanically unstable while not secured to the foundation!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   53

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 55/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.1. Lifting robot with fork lift

2.3 On-site installation

2.3.1. Lifting robot with fork lift

General
The robot may be moved using a fork lift, provided that available special aids are used.
This section describes how to attach the fork lift equipment to the robot.

Different designs
There are two different versions of the fork lift that fit one design of the frame respectevily.
The different designs of the frame and of the fork lift attachments are shown in the figure
below. Determine which fork lift set fits the current robot.
Note! The distance between the attachment holes for the fork lift pockets, shown in the figure
below, are different depending on the design of the frame. This means that the fork lift sets
are unique for one type of frame and not compatible!
Except for the shorter distance between the attachment holes, the later design of the frame
also includes an extra oil plug, located as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000386

1 Frame version without  an oil plug, use the fork lift set: 3HAC 0604-2
2 Frame version with  an oil plug (C), use the fork lift set: 3HAC 0604-1
A Attachment holes, fork lift 3HAC 0604-2
B Attachment holes, fork lift 3HAC 0604-1
C Oil plug

54   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 56/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.1. Lifting robot with fork lift

Attachment points
The attachment points for the fork lift equipment are shown in the figure below.

xx0400000707

A Attachment points, spacer and horizontal attachment screws


B Attachment points, horizontal attachment screws
C Attachment points, vertical attachment screws
D Attachment points, horizontal attachment screws

Required equipment
To determine which fork lift set to use, see the section Different designs on page 54.

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Fork lift set, incl. all required 3HAC 0604-2 See the figure Fork lift set, 3HAC 0604-2  
hardware on page 56.
Fork lift set, incl. all required 3HAC 0604-1 See the figure Fork lift set, 3HAC 0604-1 
hardware on page 57.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 1557-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product manual,
reference information !

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   55

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 57/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.1. Lifting robot with fork lift

Fork lift set, 3HAC 0604-2


The fork lift set, 3HAC 0604-2, is fitted to the robot as shown in the figure below.

xx0100000102

 A Vertical attachment screws (4 pcs / fork lift pocket)


B Fork lift pockets (2 pcs)
 C Spacer (2 pcs)

56   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 58/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.1. Lifting robot with fork lift

Fork lift set, 3HAC 0604-1


The fork lift set, 3HAC 0604-1, is fitted to the robot as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000379

A Fork lift pocket (2 pcs, different from each other)


B Spacer (2 pcs)
C Horizontal attachment screws (4 pcs / fork lift pocket)
D Vertical attachment screws (2 pcs)

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   57

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 59/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 60/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.1. Lifting robot with fork lift

Step Action Info/Illustration


5. Secure the longer fork lift pocket  to the Make sure the original screws are
spacers with four of the horizontal always used (or replacements of
attachment screws  and washers. equivalent quality: M16, quality 12.9)!
Note! The vertically and the horizontally Attachment points on the robot are
attached screws are identical, but shown in the figure Attachment points  
tightened with different torques! on page 55.

xx0400001068

• A: horizontal attachment
screws, 4 pcs, M16 x 60.
Tightening torque: 60 Nm.
• B: spacers, 2 pcs.
6. Make sure the securing screw is removed
from the fork lift pocket!
It is only used for robot model IRB 6650S.

xx0400000977

• A: securing screw

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   59

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 61/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.1. Lifting robot with fork lift

Step Action Info/Illustration


7. Secure the fork lift pocket to the robot with
the two vertical attachment screws  and
washers.
(only valid for the fork lift set 3HAC 0604-1)
Note! The vertically and the horizontally
attached screws are identical, but
tightened with different torques!

xx0300000464

• A: vertical attachment screws, 2


pcs, M16x60; tightening torque:
270 Nm.
Make sure the original screws are
always used (or replacements of
equivalent quality: M16, quality 12.9)!
Attachment points on the robot are
shown in the figure Attachment points  
on page 55.
8.

Caution!

Caution!
The fork lift pocket weighs 22 kg!
9. Secure the shorter fork lift pocket on the 4 pcs, M16x60; tightening torque: 60
other side of the robot with the four Nm.
remaining horizontal attachment screws . Make sure the original screws are
always used (or replacements of
equivalent quality: M16, quality 12.9)!
Attachment points on the robot are
shown in the figure Attachment points  
on page 55.
10. Double-check that the pockets are
properly secured to the robot! Insert the

fork lift forks into the pockets.

xx0200000380

Reposition the harness, if any, before


using a fork lift!

60   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 62/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.1. Lifting robot with fork lift

Step Action Info/Illustration


11.

Caution!

Caution!
The robot weighs 1725 kg! All lifting
equipment used must be dimensioned
accordingly!
12. Carefully lift the robot and move it to its
installation site.
13.

Warning!

WARNING!
Personnel must not, under any
circumstances, be present under the
suspended load!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   61

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 63/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.2. Lifting robot with roundslings

2.3.2. Lifting robot with roundslings

General
The robot may be lifted with roundslings according to the illustration below. The illustration
is identical with the label attached to the robot’s lower arm.

Attachment points
The figure below shows how to attach the roundslings to the robot.

xx0200000282

A Chain sling with shortener


B Roundsling, manipulator
C Roundsling, upper arm Note! Do not stretch!

62   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 64/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.2. Lifting robot with roundslings

Sling specification

Sling type Qty Lifting capacity Length / Note


Chain sling with shortener 3 pcs 4 250 kg 0.47 m
0.54 m
0.76 m
Roundsling, manipulator 3 pcs 2 000 kg 2m
Roundsling, upper arm 2 pcs 2 000 kg Note! Do not stretch!

Lifting with roundslings

Step Action Note

1. Attach the roundslings


figure Attachment to on
points  thepage
robot62.
according to the

2.

Caution!

Caution!
The robot weighs 1725 kg! All lifting equipment used
must be dimensioned accordingly!
3.

Warning!

WARNING!
Personnel must not, under any circumstances, be
present under the suspended load!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   63

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 65/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.3. Lifting robot with lifting slings

2.3.3. Lifting robot with lifting slings

General
This section contains a general overview of how to lift the complete robot using special lifting
equipment. More detailed instructions are included with the equipment.

Illustration, lifting slings


The figure below shows how to lift the complete robot with lifting slings.
Note the recommended robot position shown in the figure below and in the instruction!
Attempting to lift a robot in any other position may result in the robot tipping over, causing
severe damage or injury!

xx0200000153

 A Load hook
B Swivelling lifting eyes, 4 pcs
C Shortening hook
D Chain
E M12 lifting eye
F Lifting device´s eye

64   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 66/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.3. Lifting robot with lifting slings

 I Lifting slings, 4 pcs


L Hook

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Lifting device, manipulator 3HAC 15607-1 Includes
• user instructions (3HAC 15971-2).

Slings attached directly onto robot


The section below details how to lift and move the robot using lifting slings when these are
attached directly onto the robot frame.

Step Action Note


1. Run the overhead crane to a position
above the robot.
2. Make sure the robot is positioned as Release the brakes if required as detailed
shown in the figure on the right. If it is in section Manually releasing the brakes  
not, position it that way. on page 67.

xx0100000103

3. Fit the lifting device, manipulator to the Art. no. is specified in Required
robot as described in the enclosed equipment  on page 65!
instruction!
4.

Caution!

Caution!
The robot weighs 1725 kg! All lifting
equipment used must be dimensioned
accordingly!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   65

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 67/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.3. Lifting robot with lifting slings

Step Action Note


5.

Warning!

WARNING!
Personnel must not, under any
circumstances, be present under the
suspended load!
6. Raise the overhead crane to lift the Make sure all hooks and attachments
robot. maintain their correct positions while
lifting the robot!
Always move the robot at very low
speeds, making sure it does not tip.

66   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 68/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.4. Manually releasing the brakes

2.3.4. Manually releasing the brakes

General
This section details how to release the holding brakes of each axis motor.

Location of brake release unit


The internal brake release unit is located at the frame, as shown in the figure below.

xx0300000044

- Internal brake release unit with push buttons

Releasing the brakes


The procedure below details how to release the holding brakes when the robot is equipped
with an internal brake release unit.

Step Action Info/Illustration


1. The internal brake release unit is equipped with six The buttons are shown
buttons for controlling the axes brakes. The buttons are in the figure Location of
numbered according to the numbers of the axes. brake release unit  on
If the robot is not connected to the controller, power must page 67
be supplied to the connector R1.MP according to section
Supplying power to connector R1.MP  on page 68.
2.

Danger!
When releasing the holding brakes, the robot axes may
move very quickly and sometimes in unexpected ways!
Make sure no personnel is near the robot arm!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   67

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 69/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.4. Manually releasing the brakes

Step Action Info/Illustration


3. Release the holding brake on a particular robot axis by
pressing the corresponding button on the internal brake
release panel and keeping it depressed.
The brake will function again as soon as the button is
released.

Supplying power to connector R1.MP


If the robot is not connected to the controller, power must be supplied to connector R1.MP in
the robot base in order to enable the brake release buttons on the robot.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Incorrect connections, such as
supplying power to the wrong pin, may
cause all brakes to be released
simultaneously!
2. Supply 0V on pin 12 and 24V on pin
11.

xx0300000565

68   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 70/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.5. Lifting the base plate

2.3.5. Lifting the base plate

General
This section details how to lift the base plate

Equipment Art. no. Note


Lifting eye, M16 3HAC 14457-4 3 pcs
Lifting slings 3 pcs
Length: approx. 2 m

Hole configuration

xx0200000096

A Attachment holes for lifting eyes (x3)

Lifting the base plate

Step Action Info/Illustration


1.

Caution!
The base plate weighs 353 kg! All lifting equipment
used must be dimensioned accordingly!
2. Fit the lifting eyes in the three lifting holes. Shown in the figure Hole
configuration  on page 69!

3. Fit the lifting slings to the eyes and to the lifting


device.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   69

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 71/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.6. Securing the base plate

2.3.6. Securing the base plate

General
This section details how to secure the base plate.

Base plate, dimensions

xx0100000105

70   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 72/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.6. Securing the base plate

xx0400000715

Note1 Four holes for alternative clamping

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   71

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 73/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.6. Securing the base plate

Base plate, grooves and holes


The illustration below shows the orienting grooves and guide sleeve holes in the base plate.

xx0300000045

A Guide sleeve holes (2 pcs)


B Orienting grooves (3 pcs)
C Levelling bolts, attachment holes (4 pcs)

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Base plate 3HAC 12937-8 Includes
• guide sleeves, 3HAC 12937-3
• levelling screws, 9ADA 120-79
• attachment screws and
washers for securing the
manipulator to the base plate.
A drawing of the base plate itself may
be ordered from ABB Robotics!
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product manual,
reference information !
Other tools and procedures may These procedures include references
be required. See references to to the tools required.
these procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.

72   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 74/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.6. Securing the base plate

Recommendations, quality
The table specifies any recommendations made by ABB:

Variable Recommendation
Recommended foundation quality 1 Steel fibre reinforced concrete foundation, 30 kg/m3,
class K30, t=250 mm
Recommended foundation quality 2 Sturdy concrete foundation, double reinforced by ø10
mm steel bars, distance 140 mm, class K25, t=250
Recommended bolt quality and Hilti HDA-P, M20 x 250/50 (maximum thickness of
dimension base plate = 50 mm)
Hilti HDA-P, M20 x 250/100 (maximum thickness of
base plate = 100 mm)

Base plate
This section details how to secure the base plate to the foundation.
CAUTION!
The base plate weighs 353 kg! All lifting equipment used must be dimensioned accordingly!

Step Action Info/illustration


1. Make sure the foundation is level.
2. Orient the base plate in relation to the robot Shown in the figure Base plate,
work location using the three grooves  in the grooves and holes  on page 72.
base plate.
3. Lift the base plate to its mounting position. Detailed in section Lifting the base
plate  on page 69.
4. Use the base plate as a template and drill 16 If possible, observe the
attachment holes as required by the selected recommendations specified in
bolt dimension. section Recommendations, quality  
on page 73. ABB does not assume
any responsibility for other
foundation qualities, due to great
variations in the foundation
properties.
5. Fit the base plate and use the levelling bolts   Shown in the figure Base plate,
to level the base plate. grooves and holes  on page 72.

6. If required, fit strips of sheet metal


underneath the base plate to fill any gaps.
7. Secure the base plate to the foundation with
screws and sleeves.
8. Recheck the four manipulator contact Max. allowed deviation: 0.5 mm
surfaces on the base plate to make sure they
are level and flat.
If they are not, pieces of sheet metal or
similar may be used to bring the base plate to
a level position.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   73

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 75/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.7. Orienting and securing the robot

2.3.7. Orienting and securing the robot

General
This section details how to orient and secure the robot to the base plate in order to run the
robot safely. The requirements made on the foundations are shown in the following tables and
figures.

Illustration, robot fitted to base plate


The illustration below shows the robot base fitted to the base plate.

xx0300000566

A Robot attachment bolts and washers, 8 pcs (M24 x 140)


B Orienting grooves in the robot base and in the base plate
C Levelling screws
D Base plate attachment screws

Attachment screws
The table below specifies the type of securing screws and washers to be used for securing the
robot to the base plate/foundation.

Suitable screws, lightly lubricated: M24 x 140


Quality: Quality 8.8
Suitable washer: Thickness: 4 mm
Outer diameter: 44 mm
Inner diameter: 25 mm

Tightening torque: 725 Nm

74   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 76/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.7. Orienting and securing the robot

Securing the robot


The procedure below details how to secure the robot to the base plate after fitting the plate to
the foundation.

Step Action Info/Illustration


1. Lift the robot. Detailed in section Lifting robot with
lifting slings  on page 64.
2. Move the robot to the vicinity of its
installation location.
3. Fit two guide sleeves to the guide sleeve Shown in the figure Base plate,
holes  in the base plate. grooves and holes  on page 72.
Note that one of the guide sleeve holes
is elongated!
4. Guide the robot gently using two M24 Make sure the robot base is correctly
screws while lowering it into its mounting fitted onto the guide sleeves!
position.
5. Fit the bolts and washers in the base Specified in Attachment screws  on
attachment holes. page 74.
Shown in the figure Illustration, robot
fitted to base plate  on page 74!
Note! Lightly lubricate the screws
before assembly!
6. Tighten the bolts in a criss-cross pattern to
ensure that the base is not distorted.

Hole configuration, base


The illustration below shows the hole configuration used when securing the robot.

xx0200000029

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   75

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 77/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.7. Orienting and securing the robot

Cross section, guide sleeve hole


The illustration below shows the cross section of the guide sleeve holes.

xx0100000109

76   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 78/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.8. Fitting equipment on robot

2.3.8. Fitting equipment on robot

General
The robot features mounting holes for additional equipment.
Access to any of the following mounting holes may be obstructed by any additional cabling,
equipment, etc., fitted by the robot user. Make sure the required mounting holes are accessible
when planning the robot cell.
Under certain conditions, mounting holes may be added on the robot.

Illustration, fitting of extra equipment on lower arm


The illustration below shows the mounting holes available for fitting extra equipment on the
lower arm.
Make sure not to damage the robot cabling on the inside of the lower arm when fitting extra
equipment. Always use appropriate attachment screws!

xx0200000195

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   77

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 79/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.8. Fitting equipment on robot

xx0300000571

xx0300000572

78   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 80/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.8. Fitting equipment on robot

Illustration, fitting of extra equipment on upper arm


The illustration below shows the mounting holes available for fitting extra equipment on the
upper arm.

xx0300000573

xx0200000196

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   79

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 81/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.8. Fitting equipment on robot

Illustration, fitting of extra equipment on frame


The illustration below shows the mounting holes available for fitting extra equipment on the
frame.

xx0200000198

80   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 82/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.8. Fitting equipment on robot

Illustration, fitting on mounting flange


The illustration below shows the mounting holes available for fitting equipment on the
mounting flange.
There are two different versions of the mounting flange, as shown in the illustrations below.

xx0200000397

- Mounting flange for robot version IRB 6600 175/2.55. Use every other of the bolt
holes for six attachment bolts, as numbered in the figure.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   81

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 83/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.8. Fitting equipment on robot

xx0200000197

- Mounting flange for robot version IRB 6600 225/2.55 and 175/2.8, IRB 6650 125/ 
3.2 and 200/2.75

Fastener quality
When fitting tools on the mounting flange (see the figures above), use only screws with
quality 12.9. When fitting other equipment, standard screws with quality 8.8 can be used.

82   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 84/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.9. Installation of chip and dust protection (option)

2.3.9. Installation of chip and dust protection (option)

General
This section details how to install the optional chip and dust protection. It also details how to
remove the proctection, when necessary.

Illustration, equipment mounted on robot


The illustration below shows the chip and dust protection mounted on the robot.

xx0400001071

A Bearing unit, lower arm shaft


B Bearing unit, axis 2 motor
C Stop
D Shield (4 pcs)
E Cover, balancing device
F Sliding cover
G Cover, lower arm

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   83

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 85/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 86/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.9. Installation of chip and dust protection (option)

Step Action Illustration


2. Remove the four attachment
screws (A) from the cover, axis 2.
Use the holes to attach the
bearing as described in next step.

xx0400001078

3. Attach the bearing unit, axis 2


motor  to the robot with the
enclosed attachment screws.
Make sure the bearing unit is
orientated correctly. The opening
must be orientated approximately
as shown in the figure to the right
(B).

xx0400001079

Attachment screws: 4 pcs, M8 x 70.


Tightening torque: 24 Nm.
Also shown in the figure Illustration, equipment
mounted on robot  on page 83
4. Remove the securing screws that
are fitted to the bearing unit
during transport and installation.
The separate rings are now
movable.

xx0400001098

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   85

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 87/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.9. Installation of chip and dust protection (option)

Step Action Illustration


5. Fit the stop to the robot. Use the
enclosed attachment screws.

xx0400001080
• C: Attachment screws: 2 pcs, M6x25.
6. Remove the rear bracket from the
upper shield.

xx0400001099

86   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 88/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.9. Installation of chip and dust protection (option)

Step Action Illustration


7. Fit the four shields to the robot
with enclosed attachment
screws. Begin with the shield at
the bottom and continue
upwards, correct order is shown
in the figure to the right.
Make sure to fit the border tabs to
eachother so that the upper
shields lift the lower ones when
the robot moves.

xx0400001082

• D: Attachment screws, 2 pcs, M12 x 20


• E: Attachment screws, 16 pcs, M6 x 10
8. Remove the two upper
attachment screws (shown in the
figure to the right) from the rear
cover of the balancing device.

xx0400001086

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   87

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 89/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.9. Installation of chip and dust protection (option)

Step Action Illustration


9. Secure the cover, balancing
device  to the robot with the
original attachment screws,
earlier removed from the rear
cover of the balancing device.
Use locking liquid .
Fit the enclosed clamp (I) around
the balancing device and insert it
through the holes on top of the
cover.

xx0400001085

• H: Attachment screws: 2 pcs, M10 x 30,


tightening torque: 50 Nm
• I: Clamp
Locking liquid is specified in Required
equipment  on page 84
10. Fit the sliding cover  to the robot.

xx0400001087

• J: Bushing
• K: Hub

88   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 90/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.9. Installation of chip and dust protection (option)

Step Action Illustration


11. Fit the rubber cloth of the sliding
cover between the upper shield
and the rear bracket (earlier
removed from the upper shield).
Attach the rear bracket with
enclosed attachment screws.

xx0400001100

• L: Rubber cloth
• M: Upper shield
• N: Rear bracket
12. Fit the cover, lower arm  to the
robot, using the enclosed screws.
If the attachment holes are used
for other equipment, the cover
may be fitted beneath the
equipment.

xx0400001088

• O: Attachment screws, 2 pcs, M12 x 20

Removing parts
In case the chip and dust protection must be removed, for example in order to perform certain
repair activities, read and follow the information below. If removing the complete protection,
follow the removal order below. If only removing some parts, follow the actions detailed for
the specific part.

Part to be removed Action


Cover, lower arm -
Sliding cover -
Cover, balancing device 1. Remove the sliding cover.
2. Remove the clamp from the balancing device.
3. Remove the cover, balancing device.
4. Refit the attachment screws to the rear cover of the
balancing device end, using locking liquid.
Tightening torque: 50 Nm.
Shields -

Stop -

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   89

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 91/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.9. Installation of chip and dust protection (option)

Part to be removed Action


Bearing unit, lower arm shaft 1. Remove all the shields.
2. Remove the bearing unit.
Bearing unit, axis 2 motor 1. Remove all the shields.
2. Remove the bearing unit.
3. Refit the original attachment screws to the cover,
axis 2.

90   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 92/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.3.10. Loads

2.3.10. Loads

General
Any loads mounted on the robot must be defined correctly and carefully (with regard to the
position of center of gravity and inertia factor) in order to avoid jolting movements and
overloading the motors. If this is not done correctly operational stops may result.

References
Load diagrams, permitted extra loads (equipment) and their positions are specified in the
Product Specification. The loads must also be defined in the software as detailed in User’s
Guide (RobotWare 4.0), or Operator’s manual (RobotWare 5.0).

Stop time and braking distances

Robot motor brake performance depends on any loads attached. For further information about
brake performance, please contact ABB.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   91

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 93/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.4.1. Introduction

2.4 Restricting the working range

2.4.1. Introduction

General
When installing the robot, make sure that it can move freely within its entire working space.
If there is a risk that it may collide with other objects, its working space should be limited.
The working range of following axes may be restricted:
• Axis 1, hardware (mechanical stop) and software (signal from adjustable position
switch)
• Axis 2, hardware (mechanical stop) and software (signal from adjustable position
switch)
• Axis 3, hardware (mechanical stop) and software (signal from adjustable position
switch)
As standard configuration, axis 1 is allowed to move ± 180º. The working range may however
be increased to ± 220º with option 561-1 "Extended working range axis 1". Notice that this
option also requires installation of a position switch on axis 1.
This section describes how to install hardware that restricts the working range.
Notice that adjustments must be made also in the software, references to software manuals
are given in following installation procedures.

92   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 94/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.4.2. Mechanically restricting the working range of axis 1

2.4.2. Mechanically restricting the working range of axis 1

General
The working range of axis 1 is limited by fixed mechanical stops and can be reduced by
adding additional mechanical stops giving 7.5 or 15 graduation in both directions.

Mechanical stops, axis 1


The illustration below shows the mounting position of the mechanical stops on axis 1.

xx0300000049

A Additional mechanical stop


B Fixed mechanical stop

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Mechanical stop for axis 1, 7.5° 3HAC 11076-1 Includes attachment screws and an
assembly drawing.
Mechanical stop for axis 1, 15° 3HAC 11076-2 Includes attachment screws and an
assembly drawing.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product
manual, reference information !
User´s Guide (RobotWare 4.0) - Art. no. is specified in section
Operator's manual (RobotWare5.0) Document references  in the Product
manual, reference information .

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   93

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 95/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.4.2. Mechanically restricting the working range of axis 1

Installation, mechanical stops axis 1


The procedure below details how to fit the mechanical stops of axis 1 on to the robot. An
assembly drawing is also enclosed with the product.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!

2. Fit the according


frame additional to
mechanical
the figure stop on the
Mechanical Tightening torque: 120 Nm.
stops, axis 1 on page 93.
3. The software working range limitations must How to define the range of movement
be re-defined to correspond to the changes in RobotWare 4.0 is detailed in the
in the mechanical limitations of the working User´s Guide - chapter System
range. Parameters - topic Manipulator .
How to define the range of movement
in RobotWare 5.0 is detailed in the
Operator's manual - chapter
FlexPendant - section ABB menu -
subsection Control panel .
4.

Warning!
If the mechanical stop has been deformed
after a hard collision, it must be replaced!

94   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 96/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.4.3. Mechanically restricting the working range of axis 2

2.4.3. Mechanically restricting the working range of axis 2

General
The working range of axis 2 is limited by fixed mechanical stops and can be reduced by
adding up to six additional mechanical stops with 15 graduation in respective direction.

Mechanical stops, axis 2


The illustration below shows the mounting position of the mechanical stops on axis 2.

xx0300000047

A Additional mechanical stops


B Fixed mechanical stop

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Mechanical stop set, axis 2 3HAC 13787-1 Includes six stops, 3HAC 13786-1, each
one restricting the working range by 15°.
Includes attachment screws.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product manual,
reference information !
User´s Guide (RobotWare 4.0) - Art. no. is specified in section Document
Operator's manual references  in the Product manual,
(RobotWare 5.0) reference information .

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   95

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 97/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.4.3. Mechanically restricting the working range of axis 2

Installation, mechanical stops axis 2


The procedure below details how to fit the mechanical stops for axis 2, on to the robot. An
assembly drawing is also enclosed with the product.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!

2. Fit and tighten


starting thefixed
from the additional
stop. stops in a row, Tightening
Shown in thetorque:
figure115 Nm.
Mechanical stops,
axis 2  on page 95.
3. The software working range limitations How to define the range of movement in
must be re-defined to correspond to the RobotWare 4.0 is detailed in the User´s
changes in the mechanical limitations of Guide - chapter System Parameters -
the working range. topic Manipulator .
How to define the range of movement in
RobotWare 5.0 is detailed in the
Operator's manual - chapter
FlexPendant - section ABB menu -
subsection Control panel .
4.

Warning!
If the mechanical stop has been deformed
after a hard collision, it must be replaced!

96   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 98/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.4.4. Mechanically restricting the working range of axis 3

2.4.4. Mechanically restricting the working range of axis 3

General
The working range of axis 3 is limited by fixed mechanical stops and can be reduced by
adding additional mechanical stops with 20 graduation in respective direction.

Mechanical stops, axis 3


The illustration below shows the mounting position of the mechanical stops on axis 3.

xx0300000048

A Additional mechanical stops


B Fixed mechanical stop

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Mechanical stop set, axis 3 3HAC 13128-1 Includes six stops, one with 80°
restriction, 3HAC 12708-3 (use
when limitation angle >=80), and five
with 20°, 3HAC 12708-1.
Includes attachment screws.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product
manual, reference information !
User´s Guide (RobotWare 4.0) - Art. no. is specified in section
Operator's manual (RobotWare 5.0) Document references  in the Product
manual, reference information .

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   97

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 99/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.4.4. Mechanically restricting the working range of axis 3

Installation, mechanical stops axis 3


The procedure below details how to fit the mechanical stops for axis 3 on to the robot. An
assembly drawing is also enclosed with the product.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!

2. Mount and tighten


row, starting the fixed
from the additional
stop.stops in a Shown in page
axis 3  on 97 Mechanical stops,
the figure
Tightening torque: 115 Nm.
3. The software working range limitations How to define the range of movement in
must be re-defined to correspond to the RobotWare 4.0 is detailed in the User´s
changes in the mechanical limitations of Guide - chapter System Parameters -
the working range. topic Manipulator .
How to define the range of movement in
RobotWare 5.0 is detailed in the
Operator's manual - chapter
FlexPendant - section ABB menu -
subsection Control panel .
4.

Warning!
If the mechanical stop has been deformed
after a hard collision, it must be replaced!

98   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 100/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.4.5. Position switches

2.4.5. Position switches

General
Position switches can be installed on axes 1-3. The position switches include cams as shown
in the figures below.
The position switch kits may be delivered in one of two ways:
• Fitted by ABB Robotics on delivery. In this case, the cams must still be fitted and
locked by the user. For axis 1, the cover for the cams must also be fitted.
• As kits to be completely fitted to the robot and adjusted by the user.

Required equipment

Description Art. no.


Position switch, axis 1 complete 3HAC 14118-1
Position switch, axis 2 complete 3HAC 15710-1
Position switch, axis 3 complete 3HAC 15709-1
Connector kit R1.SW1 3HAC 17252-1
Connector kit R1.SW2/3 3HAC 17253-1

Axis 1
The illustration below shows the position switch for axis 1:

xx0100000158

A Position switch, axis 1


B Cam
C Set screw, cam (cam stop)

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   99

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 101/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.4.5. Position switches

D Protection sheet
E Rail
F Rail attachment

Axis 2
The illustration below shows the position switch for axis 2:

xx0100000159

A Position switch, axis 2


B Cam
C Set screw, cam (cam stop)
E Rail
F Rail Attachment

100   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 102/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 103/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.4.5. Position switches

Connections
The position switches may be connected to different points on the robot system:
• XT8, screw terminal in the controller cabinet when position switch cables are used.
• R1.SW1 at the robot base. Customer connection kit is recommended, art. no. is
specified in Required equipment  on page 99!
• R1.SW2/3 at the robot base. Customer connection kit is recommended, art. no. is
specified in Required equipment  on page 99!
Further information about the cables and connection points, see section Robot cabling and
connection points on page 104.

Installation of position switch, axis 2


Later designs of the robot are equipped with a cable protection at the lower arm that must be
removed before fitting the positions switch for axis 2:

Step Action
1. Remove the cable protection from the lower arm.
2. Fit the rail by pushing it against the support surface on the lower arm and tightening
the two screws.
3. Fit the cam and the position switch unit.
4. Refit the cable protection to the lower arm with two screws.

Fitting and adjusting cams and stops


The instruction below details how to fit and adjust the parts of the position switches:

 Step Action Info/Illustration


1. Cut the cam to a suitable length. Use a sharp knife and rubber
hammer or similar.
2. Cut the edge of the cam edge to max 30°! Shown in Illustration, cutting
the cam  on page 103.
If the angle is larger, this
may damage the position
switch!
3. Cut the part of the cam running in the profile to 90°!
Also see Illustration, cutting the cam  on page 103 
below!
4. Make sure the ends of the profile are chamfered to
enable the cam to run through the profile.
5. Fit the cam with the M5 screw and nut. Tighten the M5 Shown in Illustration, adjust
screw to secure the cam. and secure cams  on page
103.

102   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 104/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.4.5. Position switches

Illustration, adjust and secure cams


The illustration below show how to adjust and secure the position switch cams and profiles.

xx0100000113

 A Cam stop, M5 nut and M5 x 6 set screw


B Adjustable cam
C Profile

Illustration, cutting the cam

The illustration below show how to cut the position switch cam.

xx0100000114

A Remove the gray section

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   103

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 105/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
2 Installation and commissioning
2.5.1. Robot cabling and connection points

2.5 Electrical connections

2.5.1. Robot cabling and connection points

General
Connect the robot and controller to each other after securing them to the foundation. The lists
below specify which cables to use for each respective application.

Main cable categories


All cables between the robot and control cabinet are divided into the following categories:

Cable category Description

Robot cables Handles


as well aspower supply
feedback to and
from control
the serial of the robot’sboard.
measurement motors
Specified in table Robot cables  on page 104
Position switch cables (option) Handles supply to and feedback from any position
switches and cooling fans on the robot.
See the product manual for the controller.
Specified in table Position switch cables (option) on page
105.
Customer cables (option) Handles communication with equipment fitted on the robot
by the customer, including databus communication,low
voltage signals and high voltage power supply + protective
earth.
See the product manual for the controller.
Art. no. is specified in section Document references  in the
Product manual, reference information .
External axes cables (option) Handles power supply to and control of the external axes’
motors as well as feedback from the servo system.
See the product manual for external axes.
Art. no. is specified in section Document references  in the
Product manual, reference information .

These categories are divided into sub-categories which are specified below:

Robot cables

These cables are included in the standard delivery. They are completely pre-manufactured
and ready to plug in.

Connection Connection
Cable sub-category Description
point, cabinet point, robot
Robot cable, power Transfers drive power from the XS1 R1.MP
drive units in the control cabinet
to the robot motors.
Robot cable, signals Transfers resolver data from the XS2 R1.SMB
serial measurement board and
power supply to the SMB.

104   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 106/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 2 Installation and commissioning
2.5.1. Robot cabling and connection points

Robot cable, power

Cable Art. no.


Robot cable, power, 7 m 3HAC 11818-1
Robot cable, power, 15 m 3HAC 11818-2
Robot cable, power, 30 m 3HAC 11818-4

Robot cable, signals

Cable Art. no.


Robot cable, signal, shielded, 7 m 3HAC 7998-1
Robot cable, signal, shielded, 15 m 3HAC 7998-2
Robot cable, signal, shielded, 22 m 3HAC 7998-3
Robot cable, signal, shielded, 30 m 3HAC 7998-4

Position switch cables (option)


These cables are not  included in the standard delivery, but are included in the delivery if the
position switch option is ordered. The position switches can also be ordered without cables.
The cables are completely pre-manufactured and ready to plug in.

Connection
Connection
Cable Art. no. point,
point, robot
cabinet
Position switch cable, axis 1, 7 m 3HAC 13175-1 XS8 R1.SW
Position switch cable, axis 1, 15 m 3HAC 13175-2 XS8 R1.SW
Position switch cable, axis 1, 30 m 3HAC 13175-4 XS8 R1.SW
Position switch cable, axes 2 and 3, 7 m 3HAC 13176-1 XS8 R1.SW2/3
Position switch cable, axes 2 and 3, 15 m 3HAC 13176-2 XS8 R1.SW2/3
Position switch cable, axes 2 and 3, 30 m 3HAC 13176-4 XS8 R1.SW2/3

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   105

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 107/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 108/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.1. Introduction

3 Maintenance
3.1. Introduction

Structure of this chapter


This chapter details all maintenance activities recommended for the robot and any external
units of the robot.
It is based on the maintenance schedule, located in the beginning of the chapter. The schedule
contains information about required maintenance activities including periodicity and refers to
procedures for the activities.
Each procedure contains all information required to perform the activity, e.g. required tools
and materials.

The procedures are gathered in different sections, divided according to the maintenance
activity.

Safety information
Before any service work is commenced, it is extremely important that all safety information
is observed!
There are general safety aspects that must be read through, as well as more specific safety
information that describe danger and safety risks when performing the procedures. Make sure
to read through the chapter Safety on page 15.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   107

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 109/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 110/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.2.2. Maintenance schedule

3.2.2. Maintenance schedule

General
The robot must be maintained regularly to ensure proper function. The maintenance activities
and intervals are specified in the table below.
Non-predictable situations also give rise to inspections of the robot. Any damages must be
attended to immediately!
The inspection intervals do not specify the life of each component.
Values for these are specified in  Expected component life on page 112.

Activities and intervals, standard equipment


The table below specifies the required maintenance activities and intervals:

Maintenance
Equipment Interval Detailed in section
activity
Cleaning Robot - Cleaning, robot  on page
181
1)
Inspection Axis 1 gear, oil level 12 mths Inspection, oil level
gearbox axis 1 on page
113
1)
Inspection Axis 2 gear, oil level 12 mths Inspection, oil level
gearbox axis 2  on page
116
1)
Inspection Axis 3 gear, oil level 12 mths Inspection,
gearbox axisoil3 level
 on page
119
Inspection Axis 4 gear, oil level 12 mths Inspection, oil level
gearbox axis 4  on page
121
Inspection Axis 5 gear, oil level 12 mths Inspection, oil level,
gearbox axis 5  on page
123
1)
Inspection Axis 6 gear, oil level 12 mths Inspection, oil level
gearbox axis 6  on page
125
Inspection Balancing device 12 mths Inspection, balancing
device  on page 127
Inspection Robot harness 12 mths Inspection, cable
harness  on page 134
Inspection Information labels 12 mths Inspection, information
labels  on page 138
Inspection Damper axes 2-5 12 mths Inspection, damper axes
2-5  on page 144
Inspection Mechanical stop, axis 1 12 mths Inspection, mechanical
stop, axis 1 on page 140
1)
Changing Axis 1 gear, oil: Optimol 12 000 h Oil change, gearbox axis
Optigear RMO 150 1 on page 156
Changing Axis 1 gear oil: Shell - 7) -
Tivela S 150

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   109

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 111/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.2.2. Maintenance schedule

Maintenance
Equipment Interval Detailed in section
activity
1)
Changing Axis 2 gear, oil: Optimol 12 000 h Oil change, gearbox axis
Optigear RMO 150 2  on page 160
Changing Axis 2 gear oil: Shell - 7) -
Tivela S 150
1)
Changing Axis 3 gear, oil: Optimol 12 000 h Oil change, gearbox, axis
Optigear RMO 150 3  on page 164
Changing Axis 3 gear oil: Shell - 7) -
Tivela S 150
1)
Changing Axis 4 gear, oil 12 000 h Oil change, gearbox, axis
4  on page 167
1)
Changing Axis 5 gear, oil 12 000 h Oil change, gearbox, axis
5  on page 170
1)
Changing Axis 6 gear, oil: Optimol 12 000 h Oil change, gearbox axis
Optigear RMO 150 7) 6  on page 173
Changing Axis 6 gear oil: Shell - 7) -
Tivela S 150
Replacement Axis 1 gearbox As specified by the SIS, Replacement of gearbox,
or typically 96 mths axis 1 on page 308
Replacement Axis 2 gearbox As specified by the SIS, Replacement of gearbox
or typically 96 mths axis 2  on page 316
Replacement Axis 3 gearbox As specified by the SIS, Replacement of gearbox,
or typically 96 mths axis 3  on page 324
Replacement Axis 4 gearbox 5) 96 mths 2)
Replacement of upper
arm  on page 231
Replacement Axis 5 gearbox 6) 96 mths 2)
Replacement of
complete wrist unit  on
page 225
Replacement Axis 6 gearbox As specified by the SIS, Replacement of gearbox,
or typically 96 mths axis 6  on page 330
Replacement Robot harness See note below 3) Replacement of cable
harness, axes 1-4  on
page 200
Replacement of cable
harness, axes 5-6  on
page 209
Replacement SMB Battery pack 36 mths Replacement of SMB
battery  on page 176
4)
Lubrication Balancing device 12 000 h Lubrication, balancing
bearing device bearing  on page
179

110   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 112/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.2.2. Maintenance schedule

1)
• If the robot is run at ambient temperatures higher than 50°C, the equipment may
require maintenance more frequently.
2)
•  The service time for gearboxes, axes 4 and 5, is not calculated by the SIS, see

expected life in section Expected component life on page 112.


3)
• Replace when damage is detected or when approaching life limit as specified in
 Expected component life on page 112.
4)
• The interval is the same as the interval for changing axis 2 gear oil because of the
similarity of the type and degree of operation. Always lubricate the front eye bearing
after refitting the balancing device shaft!
5)
•  It is recommended to replace the complete upper arm house, instead of only
replacing the gearbox.
6)
•  It is recommended to replace the complete wrist unit, instead of only replacing the
gearbox.
7)
•  In case the gearbox is lubricated with Shell Tivela S 150, no preventive maintenance
in terms of changing the gear oil is needed. Read more about the different types of oil
in section Oil in gearboxes on page 152.

Activities and intervals, optional equipment


The table below specifies the required maintenance activities and intervals for common
optional equipment. Maintenance of other external equipment for the robot is detailed in
separate documentation.

Maintenance activity Equipment Interval Detailed in section


Inspection Signal lamp Inspection, signal lamp  on
page 150
Inspection Mechanical stop 12 mths Inspection, additional
axes 1-2-3 mechanical stops  on page
142
Inspection Position switches, 12 mths Inspection, position switch
axes 1-2-3 axes 1, 2 and 3  on page 146

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   111

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 113/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.2.3. Expected component life

3.2.3. Expected component life

General
The expected life of a component can vary greatly depending on how hard it is run.

Expected life

Component Expected life Note


Cabling for robot, 7th axis, axis 2/3 4,000,000 cycles axis 1 ±180º See note 1)
position switch and fan 2,000,000 cycles axis 1 ±220º
Balancing device 2,000,000 cycles See note 2)
Gearbox 40,000h See note 3)

1)The expected life can also be affected by assemblage of cabling other than standard options.
The given life is based on a test cycle that for every axis starts from the calibration position
to minimum angle to maximum angle and back to the calibration position. Deviations from
this cycle will result in differences in expected life!
2)
The given life for the balancing device is based on a test cycle that starts from the initial
position and goes to maximum extension, and back. Deviations from this cycle will result in
differences in expected life!
3)
The robot is dimensioned for a life of 8 years (350,000 cycles per year) in a normal spot
welding application. Depending on the actual application, the life of individual gearboxes
may vary greatly from this specification. The Service Information System (SIS), integrated

in the robot software, keeps track of the gearbox life in each individual case and will notify
the user when a service is due. The SIS is described in section Service Information System,
SIS .

112   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 114/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.1. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 1

3.3 Inspection activities

3.3.1. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 1

Location of gearbox
The axis 1 gearbox is located between the frame and base. The oil plugs are shown in the
figure below.

xx0200000228

A Gearbox axis 1
B Oil plug, inspection
C Motor, axis 1
D Oil plug, filling

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   113

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 115/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.1. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 1

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Lubricating oil 3HAC 16843-1 / Optimol Optigear RMO 150 /
3HAC 021469-001 Shell Tivela S 150 (001A9646)
Do not mix the oils! Check which
oil is currently filled in the
gearbox, as detailed in section
Which type of oil does the
gearbox contain?  on page 154!
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Special tools  in the
Product manual, reference
information .
Other tools and procedures may These procedures include
be required. See references to references to the tools required.
these procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.

Inspection, oil level gearbox, axis 1


The procedure below details how to inspect the oil level in gearbox axis 1.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe the
safety information in section WARNING - Safety
risks during work with gearbox oil  on page 41.
2.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
3. Open the oil plug, inspection. Shown in the figure Location of
gearbox  on page 113!
4. Required oil level: max. 10 mm below the oil
plug hole!
5. Add oil if required. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 114!
Further information about how to
fill the oil may be found in section
Filling, oil  on page 158.

114   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 116/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.1. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 1

 Step Action Note/Illustration


6. Refit the oil plug, inspection. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.
7.

Warning!
Do not mix the oil types! If wrong oil is refilled,
the gearbox must be rinsed as detailed in
section WARNING - Mixed oils may cause
severe damage to gearbox!  on page 43!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   115

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 117/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.2. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 2

3.3.2. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 2

Different designs
Between the axis 2 motor and gearbox there is a motor attachment which exists in two
different designs.
• The early design of the motor attachment is attached directly to the gearbox, with the
front gearbox attachment screws.
• The later design of the motor attachment is attached directly to the frame. This design
also includes an additional cover that overlaps the motor attachment and holds the oil
plugs.
The correct oil level varies, depending on the design of the motor attachment.

Location of gearbox
The gearbox, axis 2, is located in the lower arm rotational center, underneath the motor
attachment.
The figure below shows the later design of the motor attachment.

xx0200000229

A Gearbox axis 2 (behind motor attachment and cover)


B Oil plug, filling and inspection
C Oil plug, draining
D Vent hole, gearbox axis 2

116   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 118/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.2. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 2

Required equipment

Equipment etc. Art. no. Note


Lubricating oil 3HAC 16483-1 / Optimol Optigear RMO 150 /
3HAC 021469-001 Shell Tivela S 150 (001A9646)
Do not mix the oils! Check which
oil is currently filled in the
gearbox, as detailed in section
Which type of oil does the
gearbox contain?  on page 154!
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1
Other tools and procedures may be These procedures include
required. See references to these references to the tools required.
procedures in the step-by-step
instructions below.

Inspection, oil level gearbox 2


The procedure below details how to inspect the oil level in gearbox axis 2.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe the
safety information in section WARNING -
Safety risks during work with gearbox oil  on
page 41.
2.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
3. Open the oil plug, filling. Shown in the figure Location of
gearbox  on page 116!
4. Measure the oil level at the oil plug, filling. Shown in the figure Location of
Required oil level with the early designof the gearbox  on page 116!
motor attachment: approx. 65 mm ± 5 mm. Read more about the variations in
Required oil level with the later designof the design in Different designs  on page
motor attachment: max. 10 mm below the oil 116.
plug hole.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   117

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 119/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.2. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 2

Step Action Note/Illustration


5. Add oil if required. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 117!
Filling of oil is detailed further in
section Filling, oil  on page 162.
6. Refit the oil plug, filling. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.
7.

Warning!
Do not mix the oil types! If wrong oil is refilled,
the gearbox must be rinsed as detailed in
section WARNING - Mixed oils may cause
severe damage to gearbox!  on page 43!

118   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 120/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.3. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 3

3.3.3. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 3

Location of gearbox
The axis 3 gearbox is located in the upper arm rotational center as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000230

A Gearbox axis 3
B Oil plug, filling
C Oil plug, draining

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Lubricating oil 3HAC 16843-1 / Optimol Optigear RMO 150 /
3HAC 021469-001 Shell Tivela S 150 (001A9646)
Do not mix the oils! Check which
oil is currently filled in the
gearbox, as detailed in section
Which type of oil does the
gearbox contain?  on page 154!
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   119

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 121/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.3. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 3

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Other tools and procedures may These procedures include
be required. See references to references to the tools required.
these procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.

Inspection, oil level gearbox 3


The procedure below details how to inspect the oil level in the gearbox axis 3.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe
the safety information in section WARNING
- Safety risks during work with gearbox oil  on
page 41.
2. Move the robot to the calibration position. Detailed in section Calibration scales
and correct axis position  on page 340.
3.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
4. Open the oil plug, filling. Shown in the figure Location of
gearbox  on page 119!
5. Required oil level: max 10 mm below the oil
plug hole.
6. Add oil if required. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 119!
Further information about how to fill
the oil may be found in section Filling,
oil  on page 166.
7. Refit the oil plug, filling. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.
8.

Warning!
Do not mix the oil types! If wrong oil is
refilled, the gearbox must be rinsed as
detailed in section WARNING - Mixed oils

may
pagecause
43! severe damage to gearbox!  on

120   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 122/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 123/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.4. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 4

Inspection, oil level gearbox 4


The procedure below details how to inspect the oil level in gearbox axis 4.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe the
safety information in section WARNING - Safety
risks during work with gearbox oil  on page 41.

2. Run the manipulator to the calibration position. Shown in section Calibration


scales and correct axis position  
on page 340.
3.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
4. Open the oil plug, filling. Shown in the figure Location of
gearbox  on page 121!
5. Required oil level: max 10 mm below the oil plug
hole.
6. Add oil if required. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 121.
Further information about how to
fill the oil may be found in section
Filling, oil  on page 169.
7. Refit the oil plug. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.
8.

Warning!
Do not mix the oil types! If wrong oil is refilled,
the gearbox must be rinsed as detailed in
section WARNING - Mixed oils may cause
severe damage to gearbox!  on page 43!

122   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 124/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.5. Inspection, oil level, gearbox axis 5

3.3.5. Inspection, oil level, gearbox axis 5

Location of gearbox
The axis 5 gearbox is located in the wrist unit as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000232

A Oil plug, filling


B Oil plug, draining

Required equipment

Equipment etc. Art. no. Note


Lubricating oil 1171 2016-604 Mobil Gearlube X320
This is a common oil that can be
replaced with an equivalent oil from
another manufacturer!
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product
manual, reference information !

Other tools and procedures may These procedures include


be required. See references to references to the tools required.
these procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   123

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 125/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.5. Inspection, oil level, gearbox axis 5

Inspection, oil level gearbox 5


The procedure below details how to inspect the oil level in gearbox axis 5.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety risks.
Before proceeding, please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - Safety risks
during work with gearbox oil  on page 41.

2.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
3. Turn the wrist unit so that the both oil plugs face
upwards.
4. Open the oil plug, filling. Shown in the figure Location of
gearbox  on page 123!
5. Measure the oil level.
Required oil level: 30 mm to the oil plug hole.
6. Add oil if required. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 123.
Further information about how
to fill the oil may be found in
section Filling, oil  on page 172.
7. Refit the oil plug. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.
8.

Warning!
Do not mix the oil types! If wrong oil is refilled, the
gearbox must be rinsed as detailed in section
WARNING - Mixed oils may cause severe
damage to gearbox!  on page 43!

124   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 126/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.6. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 6

3.3.6. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 6

Location of gearbox
The axis 6 gearbox is located in the center of the wrist unit as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000233

A Gearbox axis 6
B Oil plug, filling
C Oil plug, draining

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Lubricating oil 3HAC 16843-1 / Optimol Optigear RMO 150 /
3HAC 021469-001 Shell Tivela S 150 (001A9646)
Do not mix the oils! Check which
oil is currently filled in the
gearbox, as detailed in section
Which type of oil does the
gearbox contain?  on page 154!
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !

Other tools and procedures may be These procedures include


required. See references to these references to the tools required.
procedures in the step-by-step
instructions below.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   125

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 127/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.6. Inspection, oil level gearbox axis 6

Inspection, oil level gearbox 6


The procedure below details how to inspect the oil level in gearbox axis 6.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe the
safety information in section WARNING -
Safety risks during work with gearbox oil  on
page 41.
2.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
3. Make sure the oil plug, filling  is facing Shown in the figure Location of
upwards and open it. gearbox  on page 125!
4. Measure the oil level.
Required oil level: 55 mm ± 5 mm to oil plug
hole, filling.
5. Add oil if required. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 125!
Further information about how to fill
the oil may be found in section Filling,
oil  on page 175.
6. Refit the oil plug, filling. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.
7.

Warning!
Do not mix the oil types! If wrong oil is
refilled, the gearbox must be rinsed as
detailed in section WARNING - Mixed oils
may cause severe damage to gearbox!  on
page 43!

126   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 128/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.7. Inspection, balancing device

3.3.7. Inspection, balancing device

General
Several points are to be checked on the balancing device during the inspection. This section
details how to perform the inspection regarding:
• dissonance
• damage
• leakage
• contamination / lack of free space.

Action at detected faults


If any faults are detected during the inspection, a maintenance may be performed according
to specific maintenance kits.
If the balancing device is an older model, it must in some cases be upgraded instead! The
instruction for the current inspection details if a fault requires a maintenance / upgrade and
the table below specifies the different models and which of the two actions they require.
The article number of the balancing device is located on a label at the rear cover, shown in
the figure Inspection points, balancing device on page 128.

Balancing device, art. no. Action at detected faults


3HAC 12604-1 Upgrade
3HAC 14678-1 Maintenance
3HAC 16189-1 Maintenance
3HAC 17117-2 Maintenance
3HAC 17117-3 Maintenance

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   127

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 129/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.7. Inspection, balancing device

Inspection points, balancing device


The balancing device is located at the top rear of the frame as shown in the figure below. The
figure also shows the inspection points, further detailed in the instructions.

xx0300000580

A Balancing device
B Piston rod (inside)
C Shaft, including securing screw
D Ear, bearing and o-rings
E Label with article number
F Inspect the surroundings
G Bearing, balancing device attachments

128   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 130/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.7. Inspection, balancing device

Required equipment
The table below specifies the equipment used if damage is detected on the balancing device.
See section Action at detected faults on page 127 to determine whether to perform
maintenance or upgrade!

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Maintenance kit, 3HAC 16195-1 3 For maintenance of balancing
complete device 3HAC 14678-1 and 3HAC
16189-1.
Includes
• complete kit including the
kit with bearings and seals
• instructions for
maintenance, 3HAC
15864-5.
Maintenance kit, 3HAC 021592-001 For maintenance of balancing
complete device 3HAC 17117-2 and 3HAC
17117-3.
Includes:
• complete kit including the
kit with bearings and seals
• instructions for
maintenance.
Maintenance kit, 3HAC 16194-1 For maintenance of balancing
bearings and seals device 3HAC 14678-1 and 3HAC
16189-1.
Includes
• kit with bearings, o-rings
and seals only
• instructions for
maintenance, 3HAC
15864-4.
Maintenance kit, 3HAC 021593-001 For maintenance of balancing
bearings and seals device 3HAC 17117-2 and 3HAC
17117-3.
Includes:
• kit with bearings, o-rings
and seals only
• instructions for
maintenance.
Upgrade kit 3HAC 16196-1 Includes
• kit with piston rod, support
shaft etc.
• instruction for conversion,
3HAC 15864-6.
Securing screw Securing screw in the shaft.
M16 x 180
Locking liquid must be used when
fitting the screw (Loctite 245)!
Toolkit for 3HAC 15943-2
maintenance

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   129

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 131/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.7. Inspection, balancing device

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Puller for separator 4552-2 Used for removing the spherical
(Bahco) roller bearings.
Separator 4551-C Used for removing the spherical
(Bahco) roller bearings.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools required.
required. See
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step

instructions below.

Check for dissonance


The check points are shown in the figure Inspection points, balancing device on page 128.

Step Check for dissonance from... If dissonance is detected...


1. • bearing at the ear ... perform maintenance or upgrade
• bearings at the balancing devices according to given instructions in
attachments. Maintenance kit, bearings and seals /
Upgrade kit.
Art. no. for the kit and the

documentation are specified


Required equipment   on pagein129.
section
To decide whether to perform
maintenance or upgrade, see section
Action at detected faults  on page 127.
2. • cylinder (a tapping sound, caused ...replace the balancing device or
by the springs inside the cylinder). consult ABB Robotics.
How to replace the device is detailed in
section Replacement of balancing
device  on page 263. This section also
specifies the spare part number!
3. • piston rod (squeaking may indicate ... perform maintenance or upgrade
worn plain bearings, internal according to given instructions in
contamination or insufficient Maintenance kit, complete / Upgrade
lubrication). kit.
Art. no. for the kit and the
documentation are specified in section
Required equipment  on page 129.
To decide whether to perform
maintenance or upgrade, see section
Action at detected faults  on page 127.

130   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 132/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.7. Inspection, balancing device

Check for damage


Check for damages, such as scratches, general wear, uneven surfaces or incorrect positions.
The check points are shown in the figure Inspection points, balancing device on page 128.

Step Check for damage on... If damage is detected...


1. • the piston rod (part of the piston rod ... perform maintenance or upgrade
that is visible at the front of the according to given instructions in
balancing device). Maintenance kit, complete / Upgrade
kit.
Art. no. for the kit and the
documentation are specified in section
Required equipment  on page 129.
To decide whether to perform
maintenance or upgrade, see section
Action at detected faults  on page 127.
2. • the securing screw in the front ear ...replace.
shaft. Dimension is specified in section
Also check the tightening torque (50 Nm). Required equipment  on page 129.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   131

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 133/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.7. Inspection, balancing device

Check for leakage


The front ear of the balancing device is lubricated with grease. After filling, excessive grease
may normally be forced out between the shaft and the sealing spacer. This is normal
behaviour and must no be confused with incorrect leaks from the ear.
Leaks at the o-rings, however, are not acceptable and must be attended to immediately in
order to avoid any damage to the bearing!
Check the o-rings in the front ear of the balancing device for leaks, as shown and detailed
below.

xx0300000284

A O-rings at the front ear


B Sealing spacer
C Shaft

Step Action Note


1. Clean the area at the front ear from old grease.
2. Run the manipulator for some minutes, in order
to move the balancing device piston.

132   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 134/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.7. Inspection, balancing device

Step Action Note


3.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
4. Check the o-rings at the front ear for leakage. The o-rings are included in the
Replace the o-rings, if any leaks are detected. Maintenance kit, bearings and
Excessive grease from between the shaft and seals , already assembled with
the sealing spacer is normal and is not sealing spacers and sealing
considered as a leak! rings.
Art. no. for the kit is specified in
Required equipment  on page
129!

Check for contamination / lack of free space

Step Action
1.

-
Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Check that there are no obstacles inside the frame, that could prevent the balancing
device from moving freely. See the figure Inspection points, balancing device  on
page 128.
Keep the areas around the balancing device clean and free from objects, such as
service tools.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   133

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 135/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.8. Inspection, cable harness

3.3.8. Inspection, cable harness

Location of cable harness, axes 1-4


The manipulator cable harness, axes 1-4, is located as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000097

A Lower arm
B Cables attached with velcro straps and mounting plate
C Connectors at cable harness division point, R2.M5/6
D Connectors at base

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product manual,
reference information !
Other tools and procedures may These procedures include references to
be required. See references to the tools required.
these procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.
Circuit diagram See chapter Circuit diagram  in the
Product manual, reference information .

134   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 136/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.8. Inspection, cable harness

Inspection, cable harness 1-4


The procedure below details how to inspect the cable harness of axes 1-4.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Make an overall visual inspection of the cable
harness, in order to detect wear and damage.
3. Check the connectors at the division point Shown in the figure Location of
and at the base. cable harness, axes 1-4  on page
134!
4. Check that velcro straps and the mounting Location is shown in the figure
plate are properly attached to the frame. Also Location of cable harness, axes 1-4  
check the cabling, leading into the lower arm. on page 134!
Make sure it is attached by the straps and not A certain wear of the hose at the
damaged. entrance to the lower arm is natural.
5. Replace the cable harness if wear or damage Detailed in section Replacement of
is detected. cable harness, axes 1-4  on page
200!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   135

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 137/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.8. Inspection, cable harness

Location of cabling axes 5-6


The manipulator cable harness, axes 5-6, is located as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000234

A Connectors at cable harness division point, R2.M5/6


 B Cable attachment, rear of upper arm
C Cable attachment, upper arm tube

Inspection, cable harness, axes 5-6


The procedure below details how to inspect the cable harness of axes 5-6.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!

136   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 138/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.8. Inspection, cable harness

Step Action Note


2. Make an overall visual inspection of the cable
harness, in order to detect wear and damage.
3. Check the attachments at the rear of the Shown in the figure Location of
upper arm and in the upper arm tube. cabling axes 5-6  on page 136!
Check the connectors at the cable harness
division. Make sure the attachment plate is
not bent or in other way damaged.
4. Replace the cable harness if wear or damage Detailed in section Replacement of
is detected. cable harness, axes 5-6  on page
209!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   137

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 139/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.9. Inspection, information labels

3.3.9. Inspection, information labels

Location of labels
The figures below show the location of the information labels to be inspected.

xx0200000236

A Warning label "High temperature", 3HAC 4431-1 (4 pcs)


B Warning sign, symbol of a flash (located on motor cover), 3HAC 1589-1 (5 pcs)
C Instruction label "Safety instructions", 3HAC 4591-1
D Warning label "Brake release", 3HAC 9508-1
I Warning label, tools are not allowed around the balancing device during operation,
3HAC 020611-001
J Warning label, "Shut off power", 3HAC 17804-1
- Information labels at gearboxes and at robot base, if gearboxes are filled with Shell
Tivela S 150

138   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 140/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.9. Inspection, information labels

xx0400000786

E Instruction label "Lifting the robot", 3HAC 16487-1


F Warning label "Robot can tip forward...", 3HAC 9191-1
G Foundry logotype, 3HAC 8256-1
H Warning label "Stored energy", 3HAC 9526-1

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Labels and plate set 3HAC 8711-1 Includes all labels specified in the two
previous figures!
Label set, oil labels 3HAC 021670-002 Includes only the oil labels at the
gearboxes and at the robot base.
Are fitted to the robot if the gearboxes
include Shell Tivela S 150.

Inspection, labels

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Check the labels, located as shown in the
figures Location of labels  on page 138.
3. Replace any missing or damaged labels. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 139!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   139

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 141/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.10. Inspection, mechanical stop, axis 1

3.3.10. Inspection, mechanical stop, axis 1

Location of mechanical stop


The mechanical stop axis 1 is located at the base as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000151

A Mechanical stop (stop pin)

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Mechanical stop ax 1 3HAC 12812-2 To be replaced when damaged.
Includes spring pin.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section Standard
toolkit  in the Product manual, reference
information !

Inspection, mechanical stop


The procedure below details how to inspect the mechanical stop axis 1.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!

140   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 142/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.10. Inspection, mechanical stop, axis 1

Step Action Note/Illustration


2. Inspect the mechanical stop, axis 1. Shown in the figure Location of
mechanical stop  on page 140!
3. Make sure the mechanical stop can move in
both directions.
4. If the stop pin is bent or damaged, it must be Art. no. is specified in Required
replaced! equipment  on page 140!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   141

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 143/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 144/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.11. Inspection, additional mechanical stops

Inspection, mechanical stops


The procedure below details how to inspect the additional mechanical stops on axes 1, 2 and
3.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic
pressure supplies to the robot!

2. Check the additional stops  on axes 1, 2 and 3 for


damage. Shown
of mechanical stops Location
in the figure  on page
142!
3. Make sure the stops are properly attached.
Correct tightening torque: 115 Nm.
4. If any damage is detected, the mechanical stops Art. no. is specified in
must be replaced! Required equipment  on
Correct attachment screws (lubricated with Molycote page 142!
1000):
• Axis 1: M16 x 35
• Axis 2: M16 x 50
• Axis 3: M16 x 60

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   143

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 145/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.12. Inspection, damper axes 2-5

3.3.12. Inspection, damper axes 2-5

Location of dampers
The figure below shows the location of all the dampers to be inspected.

xx0300000040

A Damper, axis 2 (2 pcs)


B Damper, axis 3 (2 pcs)
C Damper, axis 4 (1 pc)
D Damper, axis 5 (2 pcs)

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Damper axis 2 3HAC 12991-1 To be replaced if damaged!

Damper axis 3 3HAC 12320-1 To be replaced if damaged!


Damper axis 4 3HAC 13564-1 To be replaced if damaged!

144   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 146/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.12. Inspection, damper axes 2-5

Equipment Art. no. Note


Damper axis 5 3HAB 4337-2 To be replaced if damaged!
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section Standard
toolkit  in the Product manual, reference
information !

Inspection, dampers
The procedure below details how to inspect the dampers, axes 2-5

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic
pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Check all dampers for damage, and for cracks or Shown in the figure Location
existing impressions larger than 1 mm. of dampers  on page 144!
To inspect the damper, axis 4, remove the two covers
on top of the upper arm!
3. Check attachment screws for deformation.
4. If any damage is detected, the damper must be Art. no. is specified in
replaced with a new one! Required equipment  on
page 144!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   145

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 147/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 148/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.13. Inspection, position switch axes 1, 2 and 3

Position switch, axis 2


The illustration below shows the position switch for axis 2.

xx0100000159

 A Position switch, axis 2


B Cam
C Set screw, cam
E Rail
F Rail attachment

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   147

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 149/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.13. Inspection, position switch axes 1, 2 and 3

Position switch, axis 3


The illustration below shows the position switch for axis 3.

xx0100000160

A Position switch, axis 3


B Cam

C Set screw, cam


E Rail
F Rail attachment

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Position switch, axis 1 3HAC 15715-1
Position switch, axis 2 3HAC 16418-1
Position switch, axis 3 3HAC 16417-1

148   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 150/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.13. Inspection, position switch axes 1, 2 and 3

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !
Other tools and procedures These procedures include
may be required. See references to the tools
references to these required.
procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.

Inspection, position switches


The procedure below details how to inspect the position switch, axes 1, 2 and 3.
See the figures above to locate the different components to be inspected.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic
pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Check the position switch!
• Check that the rollers are easy to push in and
that they roll freely.
3. Check the rail!
• Check that the rail is firmly attached with the
attachment screws.
4. Check the cams!
• Check that the rollers have not caused any
impressions on the cams.
• Check that the cams are clean. Wipe them if
necessary!
• Check that the set screws holding the cams in
position are firmly attached.
5. Check the protection sheets on axis 1!
• Check that the three sheets are in position and
not damaged. Deformation can result in
rubbing against the cams!
• Check that the area inside of the sheets is
clean enough not to interfere the function of
the position switch.
6. If any damage is detected, the position switch must Art. no. is specified in
be replaced! Required equipment  on
page 148!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   149

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 151/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.3.14. Inspection, signal lamp

3.3.14. Inspection, signal lamp

Location of signal lamp


The signal lamp is located as shown in the figure below. Note that the position can differ
depending on how the customer harness for axis 4-6 is mounted. See assembly drawing on
the current harness for alternative positioning.
There are two different article numbers for the signal lamp. The difference is due to the
accompanying motor cover, which is either flat or vaulted.

xx0200000240

A Signal lamp
B Clamp
C Position for cable gland
D Warning label on motor cover
E Warning sign on motor cover

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Signal lamp 3HAC 10830-1 To be replaced in case of detected
damage.
(Includes vaulted motor cover.)

150   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 152/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.3.14. Inspection, signal lamp

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Signal lamp 3HAC 13097-1 To be replaced in case of detected
damage.
(Includes flat motor cover.)
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product
manual, reference information !
Other tools and procedures may These procedures include
be required. See references to references to the tools required.
these procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.

Inspection, signal lamp


The procedure below details how to inspect the function of the signal lamp.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1. Check that the signal lamp is lit, when the motors are
put in operation ("MOTORS ON").
2.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic
pressure supplies to the robot!
3. If the lamp is not lit, trace the fault by: Art. no. is specified in
• Checking whether the signal lamp  is broken. If Required equipment  on
so, replace it. page 150!
• Checking the cable connections.
• Measuring the voltage in connectors motor
axis 3 (=24V).
• Checking the cabling. Replace cabling if a
fault is detected.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   151

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 153/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.1. Oil in gearboxes

3.4 Replacement/changing activities

3.4.1. Oil in gearboxes

Location of gearboxes
The gearboxes are located as shown in the figure below.

xx0400000798

A Axis 1 gearbox
B Axis 2 gearbox
C Axis 3 gearbox
D Axis 4 gearbox
E Axis 5 gearbox
F Axis 6 gearbox

152   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 154/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.1. Oil in gearboxes

Type of oil
The table below specifies the types of oil used in the gearboxes of each axis. For some of the
axes, there are two different types specified. Normally, the same oil should be refilled as the
one drained. Read the section Which type of oil does the gearbox contain? on page 154 in
order to determine which type of oil is currently used in the gearbox.
As the Shell Tivela S 150 is not compatible with mineral oil, contamination with other types
of oils used in the gearboxes is not accepted. Equipment used in handling of Tivela S 150
must be carefully cleaned. In case of changing the type of oil to another, the gearbox must
therefor be thoroughly rinsed! Contact ABB for further instructions.
The Shell Global Product Code for Shell Tivela S 150 is specified within parentheses in table.

Gearbox Type of oil Art. no. Amount


Axis 1 Optimol Optigear RMO 150 / 3HAC 16843-1 / 7,300 ml
Shell Tivela S 150 (001A9646) 3HAC 021469-001
Axis 2 Optimol Optigear RMO 150 / 3HAC 16483-1 / 4,600 ml (later
Shell Tivela S 150 (001A9646) 3HAC 021469-001 design of motor
attachment)
1,800 ml (early
design of motor
attachment)
Axis 3 Optimol Optigear RMO 150 / 3HAC 16843-1 / 2,500 ml
Shell Tivela S 150 (001A9646) 3HAC 021469-001
Axis 4 Mobil Gearlube X320 1171 2016-604 8,100 ml
Axis 5 Mobil Gearlube X320 1171 2016-604 6,700 ml

Axis 6 Optimol Optigear RMO 150 / 3HAC 16843-1 / 300 ml (IRB 6600-
Shell Tivela S 150 (001A9646) 3HAC 021469-001 175/2.55)
450 ml

WARNING!
When filling gearbox oil, do not mix different types of oil as this may cause severe damage
to the gearbox! Always use the type of oil specified by the manufacturer!
If the oils are mixed, the gearbox must be thoroughly rinsed! Contact ABB for further
instructions!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   153

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 155/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.1. Oil in gearboxes

Which type of oil does the gearbox contain?


The type of oil filled in the gearbox, can be identified by:
• serial number of the robot
• labels attached on the robot.

Serial number of robot


At delivery, the following robots are filled with Tivela S 150:

Robot Serial number as from Type of oil


IRB 6600/6650/6650S M2000 66-40000 Tivela S 150
IRB 6600/6650/6650S M2000A 66-34000 Tivela S 150
IRB 6600/6650/6650S M2004 66-51000 Tivela S 150

Notice that robots with earlier serial numbers might have been changed to Tivela after
delivery!

Labels on the robot


In case there are gearboxes filled with Tivela S 150, there are also labels attached to the robot.
The figures below show the labels and describe their location on the robot.
If the oil is changed to Tivela S 150 after delivery, the robot must be completed with these
labels!

xx0500001398

- Labels located next to each oil plug on the gearbox

154   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 156/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.1. Oil in gearboxes

xx0500001396

- Label at the robot base

Equipment, change of oil type

Equipment ABB art. no. Note


Shell Tivela S 150 3HAC 021469-001 Shell global product code: 001A9646
Label set 3HAC 021670-002 Must be fitted to the robot in case of changing
the type of oil!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   155

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 157/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.2. Oil change, gearbox axis 1

3.4.2. Oil change, gearbox axis 1

Location of oil plugs


The axis 1 gearbox is located between the frame and base. The oil plugs for filling and
inspection are shown in the figure below. The oil is drained through a hose, available in the
rear of the manipulator base, not shown in the figure.

xx0200000228

A Gearbox axis 1
B Oil plug, inspection

C Motor axis 1
D Oil plug, filling

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Amount Note


Lubricating oil 3HAC 16843-1 / 7,300 ml Optimol Optigear RMO 150 /
3HAC 021469-001 Shell Tivela S 150 (001A9646)
Do not mix the oils! Check which
oil is currently filled in the
gearbox, as detailed in section
Which type of oil does the
gearbox contain?  on page 154!

156   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 158/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.2. Oil change, gearbox axis 1

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Amount Note


Oil collecting vessel Capacity: 8,000 ml.
Oil exchange 3HAC 021745-001 The contents are defined in
equipment section Special tools  in the
Product manual, reference
information .
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !

Draining
The procedure below details how to drain the oil in gearbox axis 1.
When using the oil exchange equipment, follow the instructions enclosed with the kit. Art.
no. for the kit is specified in  Required equipment  on page 156.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe
the safety information in section WARNING
- Safety risks during work with gearbox oil  on
page 41.
3. Remove the rear cover on the base by
unscrewing its attachment screws.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   157

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 159/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.2. Oil change, gearbox axis 1

Step Action Note/Illustration


4. Pull the oil draining hose out of the rear of
the base.

xx0200000237

The hose is located beneath the base,


as shown in the figure with a view from
below.
• A: Oil draining hose
5. Place an oil vessel close to the hose end. Vessel capacity is specified in
Required equipment  on page 156!
6. Remove the oil plug, filling , in order to drain Shown in the figure Location of oil
the oil quicker! plugs  on page 156.
7. Open the hose end and drain the oil into the Notice! The draining is time-
vessel. consuming. Elapsed time depends on
the temperature of the oil.
8. Close the oil drain hose, and put it back
inside the base.
9. Refit the rear cover by securing it with its
attachment screws.

Filling, oil
The procedure below details how to fill the oil in gearbox axis 1.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety risks.
Before proceeding, please observe the safety
information
during work in section
with WARNING
gearbox - Safety
oil  on page 41. risks

158   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 160/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.2. Oil change, gearbox axis 1

Step Action Note


3. Open the oil plug, filling. Shown in the figure Location of
oil plugs  on page 156!
4. Refill the gearbox with lubricating oil. Art. no. and the total amount are
The amount of oil to be refilled depends on the specified in Required equipment  
amount previously being drained. The correct oil on page 156!
level is detailed in section Inspection, oil level
gearbox axis 1 on page 113.
5.

Warning!
Do not mix the oil types! If wrong oil is refilled, the
gearbox must be rinsed as detailed in section
WARNING - Mixed oils may cause severe
damage to gearbox!  on page 43!
6. Refit the oil plug, filling. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   159

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 161/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 162/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.3. Oil change, gearbox axis 2

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Amount Note


Lubricating oil 3HAC 16483-1 / 4,600 ml (later Optimol Optigear RMO 150 /
3HAC 021469-001 design of motor Shell Tivela S 150 (001A9646)
attachment) Do not mix the oils! Check
1,800 ml (early which oil is currently filled in
design of motor the gearbox, as detailed in
attachment) section Which type of oil does
the gearbox contain?  on page
154!
Oil collecting vessel - Capacity: 5,000 ml.
Oil exchange 3HAC 021745-001 The contents are defined in
equipment section Special tools  in the
Product manual, reference
information .
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !

Draining, oil
The procedure below details how to drain the oil in gearbox axis 2.
When using the oil exchange equipment, follow the instructions enclosed with the kit. Art.
no. for the kit is specified in  Required equipment  on page 161.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe the
safety information in section WARNING -
Safety risks during work with gearbox oil  on
page 41.
3. Remove the plug of the vent hole . Shown in the figure Location of oil
plugs  on page 160!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   161

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 163/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.3. Oil change, gearbox axis 2

Step Action Note/Illustration


4. Remove the oil plug, draining, and drain the Shown in the figure Location of oil
gearbox oil using a hose with nipple and an oil plugs  on page 160!
collecting vessel. Vessel capacity is specified in
Required equipment  on page 161!
Draining is time-consuming.
Elapsed time varies depending on
the temperature of the oil.
5. Refit the oil plug. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.

Filling, oil
The procedure below details how to fill oil into the gearbox, axis 2.
When using the oil exchange equipment, follow the instructions enclosed with the kit. Art.
no. for the kit is specified in  Required equipment  on page 161.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe the
safety information in section WARNING - Safety
risks during work with gearbox oil  on page 41.
3. Remove the oil plug, filling  and the plug from the Shown in the figure Location of
vent hole. oil plugs  on page 160!
4. Refill the gearbox with lubricating oil. Art. no. and total amount are

The amount of oil to be refilled depends on the specified in Required equipment  


amount previously being drained. The correct oil on page 161!
level is detailed in section Inspection, oil level
gearbox axis 2  on page 116.
5.

Warning!
Do not mix the oil types! If wrong oil is refilled, the
gearbox must be rinsed as detailed in section
WARNING - Mixed oils may cause severe
damage to gearbox!  on page 43!

162   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 164/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.3. Oil change, gearbox axis 2

Step Action Note


6. Refit the oil plug and the plug in the vent hole. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   163

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 165/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.4. Oil change, gearbox, axis 3

3.4.4. Oil change, gearbox, axis 3

Location of gearbox
The axis 3 gearbox is located in the upper arm rotational center as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000230

A Gearbox axis 3
B Oil plug, filling
C Oil plug, draining

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Amount Note


Lubricating oil 3HAC 16843-1 / 2,500 ml Optimol Optigear RMO 150 /
3HAC 021469-001 Shell Tivela S 150 (001A9646)
Do not mix the oils! Check which
oil is currently filled in the
gearbox, as detailed in section
Which type of oil does the
gearbox contain?  on page 154!

164   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 166/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.4. Oil change, gearbox, axis 3

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Amount Note


Oil exchange 3HAC 021745-001 The contents are defined in
equipment section Special tools  in the
Product manual, reference
information .
Oil collecting vessel - Capacity: 3,000 ml.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !

Draining, oil
The procedure below details how to drain oil from the gearbox, axis 3.
When using the oil exchange equipment, follow the instructions enclosed with the kit. Art.
no. for the kit is specified in  Required equipment  on page 164.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe the
safety information in section WARNING -
Safety risks during work with gearbox oil  on
page 41.
3. Remove the oil plug, draining, and drain the Shown in the figure Location of
gearbox oil using a hose with nipple and an gearbox  on page 164!
oil collecting vessel. Vessel capacity is specified in
Remove the oil plug, filling  in order to drain Required equipment  on page 164!
the oil quicker! Draining is time-consuming. Elapsed
time varies depending on the
temperature of the oil.
4. Refit the oil plug. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   165

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 167/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.4. Oil change, gearbox, axis 3

Filling, oil
The procedure below details how to fill oil to the gearbox, axis 3.
When using the oil exchange equipment, follow the instructions enclosed with the kit. Art.
no. for the kit is specified in  Required equipment  on page 164.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe the
safety information in section WARNING - Safety
risks during work with gearbox oil  on page 41.
3. Remove the oil plug, filling. Shown in the figure Location of
gearbox  on page 164!
4. Refill the gearbox with lubricating oil. Art. no. and total amount are
The amount of oil to be refilled depends on the specified in Required equipment  
amount previously being drained. The correct oil on page 164!
level is detailed in section Inspection, oil level
gearbox axis 3  on page 119.
5.

Warning!

Do not mix
gearbox thebe
must oil rinsed
types! Ifaswrong oil is
detailed inrefilled,
sectionthe
WARNING - Mixed oils may cause severe
damage to gearbox!  on page 43!
6. Refit the oil plug. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.

166   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 168/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.5. Oil change, gearbox, axis 4

3.4.5. Oil change, gearbox, axis 4

Location of gearbox
The axis 4 gearbox is located in the rearmost part of the upper arm as shown in the figure
below.

xx0200000231

 A Oil plug, filling


B Oil plug, draining

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Amount Note

Lubricating oil 1171 2016-604 8,100 ml Mobil Gearlube X320


This is a common oil that can
be replaced with an equivalent
oil from another manufacturer!
Oil exchange equipment 3HAC 021745-001 The contents are defined in
section Special tools  in the
Product manual, reference
information .
Oil collecting vessel - Capacity: 9,000 ml.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   167

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 169/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.5. Oil change, gearbox, axis 4

Draining, oil
The procedure below details how to drain the oil in the gearbox, axis 4.
When using the oil exchange equipment, follow the instructions enclosed with the kit. Art.
no. for the kit is specified in  Required equipment  on page 167.

Step Action Note


1. Run the upper arm -45° from the calibration
position.
2.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
3.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe the
safety information in section WARNING -
Safety risks during work with gearbox oil  on
page 41.
4. Drain the oil from the gearbox into an vessel Shown in the figure Location of
by opening theoil plug, draining. gearbox  on page 167!
Remove the oil plug, filling  in order to drain Vessel capacity is specified in
the oil quicker! Required equipment  on page 167!
5. Run the upper arm back to its calibration Shown in section Calibration scales
position (horizontal position). and correct axis position  on page
340.
6. Refit the oil plug, draining. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.

168   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 170/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.5. Oil change, gearbox, axis 4

Filling, oil
The procedure below details how to fill the oil in the gearbox, axis 4.
When using the oil exchange equipment, follow the instructions enclosed with the kit. Art.
no. for the kit is specified in  Required equipment  on page 167.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic
pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety risks.
Before proceeding, please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - Safety risks
during work with gearbox oil  on page 41.
3. Refill the gearbox with lubricating oil  through the oil Shown in the figure Location of
plug, filling. gearbox  on page 167!
The amount of oil to be refilled depends on the Art. no. and total amount are
amount previously being drained. The correct oil specified in Required
level is detailed in section Inspection, oil level equipment  on page 167.
gearbox axis 4  on page 121.
4.

Warning!
Do not mix the oil types! If wrong oil is refilled, the
gearbox must be rinsed as detailed in section
WARNING - Mixed oils may cause severe damage
to gearbox!  on page 43!
5. Refit the oil plug, filling. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   169

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 171/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.6. Oil change, gearbox, axis 5

3.4.6. Oil change, gearbox, axis 5

Location of gearbox
The axis 5 gearbox is located in the wrist unit as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000232

A Oil plug, filling


B Oil plug, draining

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Amount Note


Lubricating oil 1171 2016-604 6,700 ml Mobil Gearlube X320
This is a common oil that can
be replaced with an equivalent
oil from another manufacturer!
Oil exchange equipment 3HAC 021745-001 The contents are defined in
section Special tools  in the
Product manual, reference
information .
Oil collecting vessel - Capacity: 7,000 ml.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !

170   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 172/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.6. Oil change, gearbox, axis 5

Draining, oil
The procedure below details how to change the oil in gearbox, axis 5.
When using the oil exchange equipment, follow the instructions enclosed with the kit. Art.
no. for the kit is specified in  Required equipment  on page 170.

Step Action Note


1. Run axis 4 to a position where the oil plug,
draining, is facing downwards.
2.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
3.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe the
safety information in section WARNING -
Safety risks during work with gearbox oil  on
page 41.
4. Drain the oil from the gearbox by opening the Shown in the figure Location of
oil plug, draining. gearbox  on page 170!
Remove the oil plug, filling  in order to drain Vessel capacity is specified in
the oil quicker! Required equipment  on page 170!
5. Refit the oil plug, draining. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   171

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 173/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.6. Oil change, gearbox, axis 5

Filling, oil
The procedure below details how to change the oil in gearbox, axis 5.
When using the oil exchange equipment, follow the instructions enclosed with the kit. Art.
no. for the kit is specified in  Required equipment  on page 170.

Step Action Note


1.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe the
safety information in section WARNING -
Safety risks during work with gearbox oil  on
page 41.
2. Run axis 4 to a position where the oil plug, Calibration position is shown in
filing, is facing upwards. section Calibration scales and
correct axis position  on page 340.
3.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
4. Refill the gearbox with lubricating oil through Shown in the figure Location of
the oil plug, filling. gearbox  on page 170!
The amount of oil to be refilled depends on Art. no. and total amount are
the amount previously being drained. The specified in Required equipment  on
correct oil level is detailed in section page 170.
Inspection, oil level, gearbox axis 5  on page
123.
5.

Warning!
Do not mix the oil types! If wrong oil is refilled,
the gearbox must be rinsed as detailed in
section WARNING - Mixed oils may cause
severe damage to gearbox!  on page 43!
6. Refit the oil plug, filling. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.

172   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 174/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.7. Oil change, gearbox axis 6

3.4.7. Oil change, gearbox axis 6

Location of gearbox
The axis 6 gearbox is located in the center of the wrist unit as shown in the figure below.
The different robot versions have different gearbox designs. The amount of oil in the gearbox
therefor varies depending on robot version.

xx0200000233

A Gearbox axis 6
B Oil plug, filling
C Oil plug, draining

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Amount Note


Lubricating oil 3HAC 16843-1 / 300 ml (IRB Optimol Optigear RMO 150 /
3HAC 021469-001 6600-175/2.55) Shell Tivela S 150 (001A9646)
450 ml Do not mix the oils! Check
which oil is currently filled in
the gearbox, as detailed in
section Which type of oil does
the gearbox contain?  on page
154!
Oil exchange 3HAC 021745-001 The contents are defined in
equipment section Special tools  in the
Product manual, reference
information .
Oil collecting vessel - Vessel capacity: 500 ml.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   173

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 175/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.7. Oil change, gearbox axis 6

Draining, oil
The procedure below details how to drain oil from the gearbox, axis 6.
When using the oil exchange equipment, follow the instructions enclosed with the kit. Art.
no. for the kit is specified in  Required equipment  on page 173.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1. Run the robot to a position where the oil plug, Shown in the figure Location of
draining of axis 6 gearbox is facing downwards gearbox  on page 173!
and the oil plug, filling , is facing upwards.
2.

-
Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
3.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety
risks. Before proceeding, please observe the
safety information in section WARNING - Safety
risks during work with gearbox oil  on page 41.
4. Drain the oil from gearbox into a vessel by Vessel capacity is specified in
removing the oil plug. Required equipment  on page
173!
5. Refit the oil plug, draining. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.

174   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 176/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.7. Oil change, gearbox axis 6

Filling, oil
The procedure below details how to fil oil in the gearbox, axis 6.
When using the oil exchange equipment, follow the instructions enclosed with the kit. Art.
no. for the kit is specified in  Required equipment  on page 173.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!
Handling gearbox oil involves several safety risks.
Before proceeding, please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - Safety risks
during work with gearbox oil  on page 41.
3. Remove the oil plug, filling. Shown in the figure Location of
gearbox  on page 173!
4. Refill the gearbox with lubricating oil. Art. no. and the total amount are
The amount of oil to be refilled depends on the specified in Required equipment  
amount previously being drained. The correct oil on page 173!
level is detailed in section Inspection, oil level
gearbox axis 6  on page 125.
5.

Warning!

Do not mix
gearbox thebe
must oil rinsed
types! Ifaswrong oil is
detailed in refilled,
section the
WARNING - Mixed oils may cause severe
damage to gearbox!  on page 43!
6. Refit the oil plug. Tightening torque: 24 Nm.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   175

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 177/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.8. Replacement of SMB battery

3.4.8. Replacement of SMB battery

Location of SMB battery


The SMB battery (SMB = serial measurement board) is located on the left hand side of the
frame as shown in the figure below.
Note that the manipulator is shown with the SMB cover already removed!

xx0200000238

A SMB battery cover


B SMB battery pack
C Battery cable

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Battery pack 3HAC 16831-1 Battery includes protection
circuits. Replace it only with given
spare part no. or an ABB approved
eqvivalent.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !
Circuit Diagram See chapter Circuit diagram  in the
Product manual, reference
information .

176   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 178/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.4.8. Replacement of SMB battery

Removal, battery
The procedure below details how to remove the SMB battery.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling
the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit
is sensitive to ESD!  on page 40
3. Remove the SMB battery cover by Shown in the figure Location of SMB
unscrewing its attachment screws. battery  on page 176!
4. Pull out the battery and disconnect the Shown in the figure Location of SMB
battery cable . battery  on page 176!
5. Remove the SMB battery. Shown in the figure Location of SMB
Battery includes protection circuits. Replace battery  on page 176!
it only with the specified spare part or with
an ABB approved eqvivalent.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   177

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 179/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.4.8. Replacement of SMB battery

Refitting, battery
The procedure below details how to refit the SMB battery.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit
is sensitive to ESD!  on page 40
3. Reconnect the battery cable to the SMB Art. no. is specified in Required
battery pack  and fit it to the frame. equipment  on page 176!
Shown in the figure Location of SMB
battery  on page 176!
4. Secure the SMB battery cover with its Shown in the figure Location of SMB
attachment screws. battery  on page 176
5. Update the revolution counter. Detailed in chapter Calibration -
section Updating revolution counters  
on page 342.

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!

• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

178   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 180/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.5.1. Lubrication, balancing device bearing

3.5 Lubrication activities

3.5.1. Lubrication, balancing device bearing

Location of bearing
The figure below shows the location of the lubrication nipple etc.
Note! The balancing device must be mounted on the manipulator when lubricating the
bearing!

xx0200000109

A Ear (spherical roller bearing located inside)


B Lubrication nipple
C Sealing spacer
D Hole through which the shaft is pressed

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Grease 3HAA 1001-294 Optimol PDO, max. 80 ml.
For lubrication of the spherical roller bearing.
Grease pump

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   179

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 181/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.5.1. Lubrication, balancing device bearing

Lubrication, balancing device bearing


The procedure below details how to lubricate the spherical roller bearing.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Lubricate the spherical roller bearing through Art. no. is specified in Required
the lubrication nipple in the ear, with grease. equipment  on page 179!
Fill until excessive grease is forced out Shown in the figure Location of
between the shaft and the sealing spacer. bearing  on page 179!
The balancing device must be
mounted on the manipulator when
lubricating the bearing!
3. Clean the area from any excessive grease Read more about the inspection in
and check the area once again after section Inspection, balancing device
operation of the robot, in order to make sure - Check for leakage  on page 132.
there is no incorrect leakage from the o-rings.

180   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 182/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.6.1. Cleaning, robot

3.6 Cleaning activities

3.6.1. Cleaning, robot

General
The protection class is IP 67, i.e. the robot is watertight.

Activities
This instruction specifies how to clean the robot.

Periodicity
The periodicity of cleaning the robot varies a great deal depending on the actual environment
and function of the robot. Clean a contamined robot as required.

Special points
Special points to be observed are shown in the figure below:

xx0200000239

 A Spiral cables to motor 6


B Inside of upper arm tube

C Rear of upper arm tube

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   181

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 183/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.6.1. Cleaning, robot

D Inside of lower arm


E Inside of base/axis 1

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Steam cleaner - • Water pressure at nozzle: max.
2,500 kN/m 2 (25 bar)
• Type of nozzle: fan jet, min. 45°
spread
• Flow: max. 100 litres/min.
• Water temperature: max. 80°C
High pressure water cleaner - • Max. water pressure on enclosures:
50 kN/m 2 (0.5 bar)
• Fan jet nozzle should be used, min.
45° spread
• Flow: max. 100 litres/min.

Do’s and don’ts!


The section below specifies some special considerations when cleaning the robot
Always!
• Always use cleaning equipment as specified above! Any other cleaning equipment
may shorten the life of paintwork, rust inhibitors, signs, or labels!
• Always check that all protective covers are fitted to the robot before cleaning!
Never!
• Never point the water jet at bearing seals, contacts, and other seals!
• Never spray from a distance closer than 0.4 m!
• Never remove any covers or other protective devices before cleaning the robot!
• Never use any cleaning agents, e.g. compressed air or solvents, other than those
specified above!
• Never spray with a high pressure cleaner onto the sealing cup at the bottom of the
motor 6 spiral cable (item A in the figure Special points)!
• Although the robot is watertight, avoid spraying connectors and similar items with a
high pressure cleaner!

Foundry versions
In working environments, e.g. foundries, where the robot may be exposed to fluids that dry
to make a crusty surface, e.g. release agents, clean the cable harnesses to prevent the crust
damaging the cables:
• Clean the spiral wound cables to motor 6 (item A in the figure Special points on page
181) with water and a cloth!
• Clean the remaining sections of the cable harnesses as detailed above!

182   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 184/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.7.1. Using the SIS system

3.7 Service Information System

3.7.1. Using the SIS system

General
This is a brief description of how to use the Service Information System, SIS. Details may be
found in:
• Service Information System, SIS
• Defining the SIS input parameters
• Setting the SIS parameters
• Importing/exporting SIS data
• Reading the SIS output logs

Basic procedure

Step Action Reference


1. Determine which of the system functions you These are described in Description of
require. Service Information System (SIS) on
page 184.
2. Define what values are adequate and Recommendations on how to define
suitable for your application in your these are given in SIS system
production environment. parameters  on page 187.
Maintenance intervals recommended
by ABB are specified in section
Maintenance schedule  on page 109.
3. Enter these parameters in the system. How to do this is detailed in Setting
the SIS parameters  on page 189.
4. Run the robot in normal operation.
5. Reset the counter if a repair is made, or if a The TPU displays for resetting any
counter for any other reason is restarted. SIS value are shown in Description of
Service Information System (SIS) on
page 184.
6. When a time limit, set in the parameters, is How to access this is detailed in
exceeded, a message may be read on the Reading the SIS output logs  on page
Tech Pendant Unit (TPU). 192.
7. If the log containing the message is to be These are described in Exporting the
available from an external PC, or if the SIS SIS data  on page 193.
parameters are to be entered from an
external PC, a set of software tools are
available to build such an application.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   183

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 185/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.7.2. Description of Service Information System (SIS)

3.7.2. Description of Service Information System (SIS)

General
Service Information System (SIS) is a software function within the robot controller, which
simplifies maintenance of the robot system. It supervises the operating time and mode of the
robot, and alerts the operator when a maintenance activity is scheduled.
Maintenance is scheduled by setting the system parameters of the type SIS Parameters, see
section Setting the SIS parameters on page 189. All system parameters are described in
Technical reference manual - System Parameters.

Supervised functions
The following counters are available:
• Calendar time counter, a general alarm based on calendar time
• Operation time counter, a general alarm based on operational time
• Gearbox 1 operation time counter, based on percentage of the axis 1 gearbox service
interval
• Gearbox 2 operation time counter, based on percentage of the axis 2 gearbox service
interval
• Gearbox 3 operation time counter, based on percentage of the axis 3 gearbox service
interval
• Gearbox 6 operation time counter, based on percentage of the axis 6 gearbox service
interval

Counters are reset when maintenance has been performed.


The counter status is displayed after running the service routine for maintenance. Status "OK"
indicates that no service interval limit has been exceeded by that counter.

184   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 186/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 187/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.7.2. Description of Service Information System (SIS)

Remaining time Remaining operation time for axis x until the service time parameter
value has been reached.

Reset values
Counters may be reset at any time by running the service routine.
When resetting, the counter variables are reset. The variables are described in section
 Exporting the SIS data on page 193!

Service interval exceeded


When the service time has been exceeded for the selection made, an error message (Service
interval exceeded!) is displayed.

No data available

When no data is available for the selection made, a message (No data available!) is displayed
when trying to display the data.

SIS for MultiMove robot systems


SIS information is only available for IRB 66X0 and IRB 7600 robots. This means that in a
M2004 robot system with the option MultiMove, SIS information can only be displayed for
these robot models. If another robot model is part of the system, it will be displayed in the
SIS information list, but there is no information available.

186   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 188/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.7.3. SIS system parameters

3.7.3. SIS system parameters

General
This section details the system parameters that may be set with estimated values. The values
can be defined by the operating organization as knowledge of the robot’s working conditions
are accumulated.
Since the counters are to be used for purposes defined by the user, ABB cannot give any
recommendations regarding their definitions.
The figures below shows the options of parameters to be set.

en0200000049

en0400001266

Operation time limit (service level)


The number of operation hours selected as service interval.
E.g. by setting the value "20,000", the SIS will save this as the nominal time for activating

the alarm, not counting the percentage described below.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   187

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 189/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.7.3. SIS system parameters

Operation time warning


A percentage of the "Operation time limit" specified above.
E.g. by setting the value "90", the SIS will alert the operator 18,000 hours after an operation
time "Reset" was made the last time.

Calendar time limit (service level)


The number of calendar years selected as service interval.
E.g. by setting the value "2", the SIS will save this as the nominal time for activating the
alarm, not counting the percentage described below.

Calendar time warning


A percentage of the "Calendar time limit" specified above.
E.g. by setting the value "90", the SIS will alert the operator after 90% of two years, i.e. 657
days after a calendar time "Reset" was made the last time.

Gearbox warning
A percentage of the gearbox service interval as calculated by the system.
E.g. by setting the value "90", the SIS will alert the operator after 90% of the expected service
interval of each gearbox.
The robot system automatically detects and stores all required variables to calculate the
expected service interval of each gearbox. This is done by extrapolating data from earlier
operation into a function of time, using a formula including:
• input and output torque
• gearbox spindle speed
• other variables

188   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 190/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.7.4. Setting the SIS parameters

3.7.4. Setting the SIS parameters

General
If the SIS system is to function properly, a number of parameters must be set. This is detailed
below.

Procedure M2000
This is an instruction of how to enter SIS parameters to the M2000 robot system.

Step Action Rem.


1. Open "System Detailed in the User’s Guide.
parameters" using the
TPU.

2. Go to "System parameters/ 
Manipulator/types 2".

xx0200000045

en0200000046

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   189

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 191/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.7.4. Setting the SIS parameters

Step Action Rem.


3. Select "0 SIS parameters"
and press "Enter".

en0200000047

xx0100000200

4. Select the required system


The parameter list is
displayed.

en0200000048

en0200000049

5. Select the required Available parameters are described in SIS system


parameters by stepping up parameters  on page 187.

and down through


parameter list. the

190   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 192/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.7.4. Setting the SIS parameters

Procedure M2004
This is an instruction of how to enter SIS parameters to the M2004 robot system.

Step Action Rem.


1. Open system parameters Detailed in Operator’s manual - IRC5 with FlexPendant
configuration in the and Operator’s manual - RobotStudioOnline .
FlexPendant’s Control
Panel, or using the
Configuration in
RobotStudioOnline.
2. Select the Motion topic and
then the SIS Parameters
type.
3. Select the instance to Available parameters are described in SIS system
define and edit the system parameters  on page 187 and in Technical reference
parameters. manual - IRC5 with FlexPendant.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   191

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 193/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.7.5. Reading the SIS output logs

3.7.5. Reading the SIS output logs

General
Whenever a set condition has expired (e.g. max allowed operation time before service), a
message to this effect will be shown in the Operational log (M2000 robot system) or the event
log (M2004 robot systems).

Access to logs
How to open a log and show its contents is detailed in the User’s Guide, chapter Service 
(M2000 robot systems) and in Trouble shooting - IRC 5 (M2004 robot systems).

Available messages
The following messages may be shown:

SIS message in
Available in: Meaning:
the log:
Calendar time Service Message The manually set calendar time limit has expired.
Service is due! How to set the limit is detailed in section Setting the
X calendar days SIS parameters  on page 189.
since last service. Proceed with the required service as detailed in
chapter Repair  on page 195 or chapter
Maintenance  on page 107 depending on which
type of service.
Calendar time Service Message X number of calendar days remain until the
manually set calendar time limit expires.
X calendar
next days to
service. How to set the value determining when the
message is to be shown, is detailed in section
Setting the SIS parameters  on page 189.
Operation time Service Message The manually set operation time limit has expired.
Service is due! How to set the limit is detailed in section Setting the
X production hours SIS parameters  on page 189.
since last service. Proceed with the required service as detailed in
chapter Repair  on page 195 or chapter
Maintenance  on page 107 depending on which
type of service.
Operation time Service Message X number of operation hours remain until the
X production hours manually set operation time limit expires.
to next service. How to set the value determining when the
message is to be shown, is detailed in section
Setting the SIS parameters  on page 189.
Gearbox time Service Message The automatically calculated gearbox time limit has
Gearbox x requires expired.
service! Proceed with the required service as detailed in
chapter Repair  on page 195 or chapter
Maintenance  on page 107 depending on which
type of service.
Gearbox time Service Message X percent of gearbox hours remain until the
X% of the service automatically calculated gearbox time limit expires.
interval has expired How to set the value determining when the
for gearbox x! message is to be shown, is detailed in section
Setting the SIS parameters  on page 189.

192   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 194/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 3 Maintenance
3.7.6. Exporting the SIS data

3.7.6. Exporting the SIS data

General
This section describes the available variables for entering SIS parameters as well as showing
any values of exceeded time limits as detected by the SIS counters.
In a M2004 robot system, the values can be read using OPC Server or RAB. The values can
also be read in RobotStudio Online (Controller and System Properties) or on the FlexPendant
(System Info).
In a M2000 robot system, the values can be read on a PC using "Webware SDK". How to
access these variables and how to perform the actual programming sequences are detailed in
the robot system User’s Guide.

Definitions
The table below defines the names and functions of all software variables available for
communication between the SIS and an external computer.

Signal Unit Counter type Function


sisRestartDate hrs* Calendar time The date on which the supervision was
started/reset last time.
sisCalendarT hrs* Calendar time The number of hours since start/last reset.
sisTotRunT hrs* Operation time Total number of operation hours since the
system was started. Corresponds to the
operating time counter on the control cabinet.

sisRunT hrs* Operation time The number of operation hours since start/  
last reset of the operation time counter.
Corresponds to the operating time counter on
the control cabinet.
sisL10h_1 hrs Gearbox time Estimated life of gearbox axis 1
sisL10h_Time_1 hrs* Gearbox time Operation time of gearbox axis 1
sisL10h_2 hrs Gearbox time Estimated life of gearbox axis 2
sisL10h_Time_2 hrs* Gearbox time Operation time of gearbox axis 2
sisL10h_3 hrs Gearbox time Estimated life of gearbox axis 3
sisL10h_Time_3 hrs* Gearbox time Operation time of gearbox axis 3
sisL10h_6 hrs Gearbox time Estimated life of gearbox axis 6
sisL10h_Time_6 hrs Gearbox time Operation time of gearbox axis 6

* For RobotWare releases earlier than 5.05, the unit is seconds.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   193

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 195/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
3 Maintenance
3.7.6. Exporting the SIS data

194   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 196/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.1. Introduction

4 Repair
4.1. Introduction

Structure of this chapter


This chapter details all repair activities recommended for the robot and any external units of
the robot.
It is made up of separate procedures, each detailing a specific repair activity. Each procedure
contains all information required to perform the activity, e.g. spare parts numbers, required
special tools and materials.
The procedures are gathered in sections, divided according to the component location on the
robot.

Required equipment
All equipment required to perform a specific repair activity is listed together with the current
procedure.
The equipment is also gathered in different lists in the Product manual, reference information.

Safety information
Before any service work is commenced, it is extremely important that all safety information
is observed!
There are general safety aspects that must be read through, as well as more specific safety
information that describe danger and safety risks when performing specific steps in a
procedure. Make sure to read through the chapter Safety on page 15 before commencing any
service work.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   195

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 197/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.2.1. Performing a leak-down test

4.2 General procedures

4.2.1. Performing a leak-down test

General
After refitting any motor and any gearbox, the integrity of all seals enclosing the gearbox oil
must be tested. This is done in a leak-down test.

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Leakdown tester 3HAC 0207-1
Leak detection spray -

Procedure

Step Action Note/Illustration


1. Finish the refitting procedure of the motor or gear in
question.
2. Remove the topmost oil plug on the gear in question, Art. no. is specified above!
and replace it with the leakdown tester .
Adapters may be required, which are included in the
leakdown tester kit.
3. Apply compressed air, and raise the pressure with the Recommended value: 0.2 -
knob until the correct value is shown on the 0.25 bar (20 - 25 kPa)
manometer.
4. Disconnect the compressed air supply.
5. Wait for approx. 8-10 minutes. No pressure loss must If the compressed air is
be detected. significantly colder or
warmer than the gearbox to
be tested, a slight pressure
increase or decrease
respectively may occur. This
is quite normal.
6. Was any pressure drop evident?
Localize the leak as detailed below.

Remove the leakdown tester, and refit the oil plug.


The test is complete.
7. Spray suspected leak areas with leak detection spray Art. no. is specified above!
.
Bubbles indicate a leak.
8. When the leak has been localized: take the
necessary measures to correct the leak.

196   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 198/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.2.2. Mounting instructions for bearings

4.2.2. Mounting instructions for bearings

General
This section details how to mount and grease different types of bearings on the manipulator.

Equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Grease 3HAB 3537-1 Used to grease the bearings, if not
specified otherwise.

Assembly of all bearings


Follow the instructions below when mounting a bearing on the manipulator.
1. To avoid contamination, let a new bearing remain in its wrapping until it is time for fitting.
2. Ensure that all parts included in the bearing fitting are free from burrs, grinding waste and
other contamination. Cast components must be free from foundry sand.
3. Bearing rings, inner rings and roller elements must under no circumstances be subjected
to direct impact. Furthermore, the roller elements must not be exposed to any stresses
during the assembly work.

Assembly of tapered bearings

Follow the previous instructions for assembly of all bearings, when mounting a tapered
bearing on the manipulator.
In addition to those instructions, the procedure below must be carried out to enable the roller
elements to adjust to the correct position against the race flange.
1. Tension the bearing gradually until the recommended pre-tension is achieved.
Note! The roller elements must be rotated a specified number of turns before pre-
tensioning is carried out and also rotated during the pre-tensioning sequence.
2. Make sure the bearing is properly aligned, as this will directly affect the lifespan of the
bearing.

Greasing of bearings
The bearings must be greased after assembly, according to instructions below:
• The bearings must not be completely filled with grease. However, if space is available
beside the bearing fitting, the bearing may be totally filled with grease when mounted,
as excessive grease will be pressed out from the bearing when the robot is started.
• During operation, the bearing should be filled to 70-80% of the available volume.
• Ensure that grease is handled and stored properly, to avoid contamination.
Grease the different types of bearings as detailed below:
• Grooved ball bearings must be filled with grease from both sides.

• Tapered roller bearings and axial needle bearings must be greased in the split
condition.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   197

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 199/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.2.3. Mounting instructions for seals

4.2.3. Mounting instructions for seals

General
This sections details how to mount different types of seals to the manipulator.

Equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Grease 3HAB 3537-1 Used to lubricate the seals.

Rotating seals
The procedure below details how to fit rotating seals.

CAUTION!
Please observe the following before commencing any assembly of seals:
• Protect the sealing surfaces during transport and mounting.
• Keep the seal in its original wrappings or protect it well before actual mounting.
• The fitting of seals and gears must be carried out on clean workbenches.
• Use a protective sleeve for the sealing lip during mounting, when sliding over threads,
keyways, etc.

Step Action Note


1. Check the seal to ensure that:
• the seal is of the correct type (provided with cutting
edge).
• there is no damage to the sealing edge (feel with a
fingernail).
2. Inspect the sealing surface before mounting. If scratches or
damage are found, the seal must be replaced, as it may
result in future leakage.
3. Lubricate the seal with grease  just before fitting. (Not too Art. no. is specified in
early as there is a risk of dirt and foreign particles adhering Equipment  on page
to the seal.) 198.
Fill the space between the dust tongue and sealing lip to 2/ 
3 with grease. The rubber coated external diameter must
also be greased, unless otherwise specified.
4. Mount the seal correctly with a mounting tool.
Never hammer directly on the seal as this may result in
leakage.

198   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 200/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.2.3. Mounting instructions for seals

Flange seals and static seals


The procedure below details how to fit flange seals and static seals.

Step Action Note


1. Check the flange surfaces. They must be even and free from pores.
It is easy to check flatness using a gauge on the fastened joint
(without sealing compund).
If the flange surfaces are defective, the parts may not be used
beacuse leakage could occur.
2. Clean the surfaces properly and in accordance with ABB
ROBOTICS PRODUCTS recommendations.
3. Distribute the sealing compound evenly over the surface, preferably
with a brush.
4. Tighten the screws evenly when fastening the flange joint.

O-rings
The procedure below details how to fit o-rings.

Step Action Note


1. Ensure that the correct o-ring size is used.
2. Check the o-ring for surface defects, burrs, shape accuracy, etc. Defective o-rings
may not be used.
3. Check the o-ring grooves. Defective o-rings
The grooves must be geometrically correct and free from pores may not be used.

and contamination.
4. Lubricate the o-ring with grease.
5. Tighten the screws evenly when assembling.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   199

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 201/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.3.1. Replacement of cable harness, axes 1-4

4.3 Complete manipulator

4.3.1. Replacement of cable harness, axes 1-4

Location of cable harness


The cable harness for axes 1-4 is located throughout the manipulator as shown in the figure
below.

xx0300000561

A Rear cover plate


B Attachment point for earth lug
C Connector R1.MP
D Connector R1.SMB

E Cable guide in the center of the frame


F Connectors at motor 1: R2.FB1 and R2.MP1

200   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 202/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.3.1. Replacement of cable harness, axes 1-4

G Connectors at motor 2: R2.FB2 and R2.MP2


H SMB recess
I Cable gland, upper arm house
J Cable fixing bracket + velcro strap
K Connector R2.M5/6 at the cable division point
L Connectors at motor 3: R2.FB3 and R2.MP3 (optional signal lamp: R2.H1 and
R2.H2)
M Connectors at motor 4: R2.FB4 and R2.MP4

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Cable harness axis 1-4 3HAC 14940-1
(IRB 6600)
Cable harness axis 1-4 3HAC 16331-1
(IRB 6650)
Locking liquid Loctite 638
Used to secure the
attachment screws for the
attachment plate inside the
frame.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in
the Product manual,
reference information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools
required. See references required.
to these procedures in the
step-by-step instructions
below.
Circuit Diagram See chapter Circuit diagram  
in the Product manual,
reference information .

Removal, cable harness, axes 1-4

The procedure below details how to remove the cable harness, axes 1-4.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1. In order to facilitate refitting of cable harness, run Axes 2 and 3 may be tilted
the manipulator to the specified position: slightly to improve access.
• Axis 1: 0 °
• Axis 2: 0 °
• Axis 3: 0 °
• Axis 4: 0 °
• Axis 5: +90 °
• Axis 6: no significance

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   201

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 203/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.3.1. Replacement of cable harness, axes 1-4

Step Action Note/Illustration


2.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
3. Remove the rear cover plate  on the manipulator Shown in the figure Location of
by removing its attachment screws. cable harness  on page 200.
4. Disconnect the earth cable . Attachment point is shown in the
figure Location of cable harness  
on page 200!

5. Disconnect connectors R1.MP and R1.SMB . Attachment points are shown in


the figure Location of cable
harness  on page 200.
6. Pull the cable and connectors up through the
cable guide in the center of the frame.
7. Disconnect all connectors at motor 1 and motor 2. Specified and shown in the figure
Location of cable harness  on
page 200!
8. Open the SMB cover carefully.
The cable between the battery and the SMB-unit
may stay connected, in order to avoid an update
of the revolution counter. Be careful not to let the
weight of the cover strain the cable!
In order to remove the cover completely, the
connector R1.G must be disconnected! This
causes a necessary updating of the revolution
counter!
9. Disconnect connectors R2.SMB, R1.SMB1-3,
R1.SMB4-6 from the SMB unit.
Disconnect X8, X9 and X10 from the brake
release unit.

xx0200000118.wmf

202   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 204/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.3.1. Replacement of cable harness, axes 1-4

Step Action Note/Illustration


10. Remove
• the cable gland  (A), by removing the four
attachment screws from inside the SMB
recess (B)
• the attachment plate  (C), by removing the
attachment screws and the velcro strap
(D).
Note! Different manipulator versions are fitted
with different versions of the attachment plate.
When replacing the cable harness, make sure the
correct one is used to avoid cable failure.

xx0300000560

• A: Cable gland
• B: Attachment screws,
cable gland
• C: Attachment plate
• D: Velcro strap
11. Remove the cable gland securing the cables
inside the lower arm.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   203

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 205/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.3.1. Replacement of cable harness, axes 1-4

Step Action Note/Illustration


12. Remove the cable gland securing the cables to
the arm house.

xx0100000143.wmf

13. Remove the velcro strap  from the harness at the Shown in the figure Location of
cable fixing bracket at the arm house. cable harness  on page 200.
14. Disconnect connector R2.M5/6 at the cable Shown in the figure Location of
division point. cable harness  on page 200!
15. Disconnect all connectors at motor 3 and motor 4. Specified and shown in the figure
Location of cable harness  on
page 200!

16. Gently pull the cable harness out.

204   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 206/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.3.1. Replacement of cable harness, axes 1-4

Refitting, cable harness, axes 1-4


The procedure below details how to refit the cable harness, axes 1-4.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. In order to facilitate refitting of cable harness, Axes 2 and 3 may be tilted slightly to
move the manipulator to the specified position: improve access.
• Axis 1: 0 degrees
• Axis 2: 0 degrees
• Axis 3: 0 degrees
• Axis 4: 0 degrees
• Axis 5: +90 degrees
• Axis 6: no significance
3. Pull the cable and connectors down through Make sure the cables are not
the cable guide in the center of the frame. twisted with each other or with
eventual customer harnesses!
Make a note of the correct positions
of the connectors!

4. Reconnect connectors R1.MP and R1.SMB  at Make a note of the correct positions
the rear cover plate. of the connectors!
Attachment point is shown in the
figure Location of cable harness  on
page 200.
5. Reconnect the earth cable. Attachment point is shown in the
figure Location of cable harness  on
page 200!
6. Refit the rear cover plate  on the manipulator Shown in the figure Location of
with its attachment screws. cable harness  on page 200.
7. Reconnect all connectors at motor 1 and Specified and shown in the figure
motor 2. Location of cable harness  on page

200!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   205

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 207/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.3.1. Replacement of cable harness, axes 1-4

Step Action Note/Illustration


8. Secure the cable gland (A) with four Locking liquid is specified in
attachment screws (B) from inside the SMB Required equipment  on page 201.
recess.
Secure the correct attachment plate (C) to the
cable gland with its two attachment screws,
using locking liquid.
Refit the velcro strap (D).
Note! Different manipulator versions are fitted
with different versions of the attachment plate.
Make sure the correct one is used to avoid
cable failure.

xx0300000560

• A: Cable gland
• B: Attachment screws, cable
gland
• C: Attachment plate
• D: Velcro strap
9. Reconnect connectors R2.SMB, R1.SMB1-3,
R1.SMB4-6 to the SMB unit.
Reconnect X8, X9 and X10 to the brake
release unit.
Reconnect R1.G if it has been disconnected.

10. Secure
screws. the SMB cover with its attachment

206   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 208/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.3.1. Replacement of cable harness, axes 1-4

Step Action Note/Illustration


11.

Warning!
Before continuing any service work, please
observe the safety information in section
WARNING - The brake release buttons may
be jammed after service work  on page 39!
12. Pull the cable harness through the lower arm.
13. Refit the cable gland securing the cables
inside the lower arm.

xx0100000142

14. Refit the cable gland securing the cables to


the arm house.
Make sure not to twist the harness!

xx0100000143
15. Reconnect all connectors at motor 3 and Specified and shown in the figure
motor 4. Location of cable harness  on page
200!
16. Reconnect the connector R2.M5/6  gently at Shown in the figure Location of
the cable division point. cable harness  on page 200!
Be careful not to bend the attachment plate M6, 2 pcs.
when fastening the screws!
17. Secure the cable harness to the upper arm Shown in the figure Location of
house by refitting the velcro strap  to the cable cable harness  on page 200!
bracket at the upper arm house.
18. If the connection between the SMB battery Detailed in the Calibration chapter -
and the SMB unit has been broken, the section Updating revolution
revolution counters must now be updated! counters  on page 342.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   207

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 209/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 210/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.3.2. Replacement of cable harness, axes 5-6

4.3.2. Replacement of cable harness, axes 5-6

Location of cable harness ax 5-6


The location of the cable harness, axes 5-6, is shown in the figure below.

xx0200000213

A Cable bracket, wrist unit


B Cable bracket, upper arm tube
C Connectors at motor axis 5; R4.FB5 and R4.MP5
D Connectors in upper arm tube; R3.FB5 and R3.MP5
F Cable attachment, rear
G Connector at cable harness division point; R2.M5/6
H Connectors at motor, axis 6; R3.FB6 and R3.MP6

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   209

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 211/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 212/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.3.2. Replacement of cable harness, axes 5-6

Step Action Note/Illustration


3.

Note!
Axis 5 must be oriented in the correct
position (+90º) to allow the motor 6
cover to open!
4. Remove the cover of motor, axis 6 and Specified in the figure Location of cable
disconnect all connectors beneath. harness ax 5-6  on page 209!
5. Loosen the cable bracket on top of the Shown in the figure Location of cable
wrist unit by undoing the three harness ax 5-6  on page 209!
attachment screws.
Two of the attachment screws are
visibly located at the rear attachment
and the third is located at the bottom of
the cable bracket, in the center.

xx0200000254

• B: Attachment screws, rear of cable


bracket, 2 pcs
• C: Attachment screw, bottom of
cable bracket, 1 pc

6. Pick out the cabling from motor, axis 6.


7. Loosen the cable bracket in the upper Shown in the figure Location of cable
arm tube by undoing the two screws on harness ax 5-6  on page 209!
top of the tube.
8. Disconnect the two connectors Shown in the figure Location of cable
(R3.FB5 and R3.MP5) in the tube. harness ax 5-6  on page 209!
9. Remove eventual cable straps from the
harness.
10. Remove the cable attachment, rear. Shown in the figure Location of cable
harness ax 5-6  on page 209!
11. Disconnect connector R2.M5/6 at the Shown in the figure Location of cable
cable harness division point. harness ax 5-6  on page 209!
12. Gently pull the cable harness out.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   211

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 213/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 214/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.3.2. Replacement of cable harness, axes 5-6

Step Action Note/Illustration


5. Place the cabling to motor, axis 6, correctly
on the upper arm and gently pull the
connectors through the hole on top of wrist
unit to motor, axis 6.

xx0200000185

• In case of excess cable length:


put a loop of cable in this area
with cable straps (A). The
cables are longer in order to fit
different upper arm lengths.
6. Fasten the cable bracket, wrist unit with Also shown in the figure Location of
three attachment screws, two of them visible cable harness ax 5-6  on page 209!
at the rear attachment point and the third
located on the bottom of the cable bracket, in
the center.

xx0200000254

• B: Attachment screws, rear of


cable bracket.
• C: Attachment screw, bottom
of cable bracket.
7. Reconnect the connectors to motor, axis 6
and refit the motor cover.
8. Refit the cover, upper arm and the cover,
wrist unit.
Make sure the cabling is placed correctly
when refitting the covers, and does not get
 jammed.

xx0200000214

• A: cover, wrist unit


• B: cover, upper arm tube
9. If any cable straps have been removed, refit
them to the harness.
10. Refit the cable attachment, rear. Shown in the figure Location of cable
harness ax 5-6  on page 209!
11. Reconnect connector R2.M5/6 gently at the Shown in the figure Location of cable
rear cable division point with two screws, harness ax 5-6  on page 209!
M6.
Be careful not to bend the attachment plate
when fastening the screws!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   213

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 215/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.3.2. Replacement of cable harness, axes 5-6

Step Action Note/Illustration


12. Update the revolution counter! Detailed in chapter Calibration -
section Updating revolution counters  
on page 342.

Refitting, cable harness axis 5


The procedure below details how to refit the cable, axis 5.

Step Action Note


1.

-
Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Reconnect all connectors at motor, axis 5.
3. Refit the cable gland cover at the cable exit
with its two attachment screws.
4. Refit the cover of motor, axis 5.
5. Refit the complete wrist unit. Detailed in section Refitting, wrist
unit  on page 228.
6. Recalibrate the robot! Calibration is detailed in separate
calibration manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are
specified in section Document
references  in the Product manual,
reference information .

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.

• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

214   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 216/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.3.3. Replacement of complete arm system

4.3.3. Replacement of complete arm system

Location of arm system


The complete arm system is defined as the complete manipulator except for the base and
gearbox axis 1, i.e. the upper and lower arms, balancing device and frame. This is shown in
the figure below.

xx0200000224

A Upper arm
B Lower arm
C Frame

D Gearbox, axis 1
E Base attachment screws
F Balancing device
G Block for calibration
H Motor axis 1

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   215

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 217/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.3.3. Replacement of complete arm system

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Lifting device, manipulator 3HAC 15607-1 Instruction 3HAC 15971-2 is enclosed!
Guide pins M12 x 130 3HAC 022637- Used to guide the complete arm system
001 when refitting.
Always use the guide pins in pairs!
In order to make the refitting easier, it is
recommended to use two guide pins of
different lengths. Notice that longer
guide pins that 140 mm will not be
possible to remove from the frame
because lack of space after refitting!
Hoisting block - Used to adjust the length of the lifting

chain.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product manual,
reference information !
Other tools and procedures These procedures include references to
may be required. See the tools required.
references to these procedures
in the step-by-step instructions
below.

216   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 218/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.3.3. Replacement of complete arm system

Removal, arm system


The procedure below details how to lift and remove the complete arm system.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic
and pneumatic pressure supplies to
the robot!
2. Make sure the manipulator is Release the brakes if necessary, as
positioned as shown in figure to the detailed in section Manually releasing the
right. If it is not, position it that way. brakes  on page 67.

xx0100000103

3. Drain the oil from gearbox axis 1. Detailed in section Oil change, gearbox
axis 1 on page 156.
4. Loosen the cable connectors from the
base and pull up the cabling from the
base, through the hole in the center of
the frame.
5. Remove the motor, axis 1. Detailed in section Removal, motor  on page
279.
6. Run the overhead crane to a position
above the manipulator.
7. Fit the lifting device and adjust it as Art. no. is specified in Required equipment  
detailed in the enclosed instructions. on page 216!
Make sure the lift is done completely level!
How to adjust the lift is described in the
enclosed instruction to the lifting device!
Follow the instructions before lifting!
8. Remove the block for calibration from Shown in the figure Location of arm system  
the bottom of the frame. on page 215!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   217

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 219/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.3.3. Replacement of complete arm system

Step Action Note/Illustration


9. Unfasten the arm system from the Shown in the figure Location of arm system  
base by unscrewing its 24 attachment on page 215!
screws.
10. Fit the two guide pins  in two opposite
screw holes.
11.

Caution!
The complete arm system weighs
1300 kg! All lifting equipment used
must be dimensioned accordingly!

12. Lift the arm system carefully and


secure it in a safe area.
Always move the manipulator at very
low speeds, making sure it does not
tip.
Make sure all hooks and attachments
stay in the correct position while lifting
the arm system and that the lifting
device does not wear against sharp
edges.
Continue lifting even if the arm system
turns out to be unbalanced despite
earlier adjustments! The risk of
damaging the interfaces is bigger if the
load is lowered unbalanced!

Refitting, arm system


The procedure below details how to lift and refit the complete arm system.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Fit the lifting device as detailed in enclosed Art. no. is specified in Required
instruction. equipment  on page 216!
Also fit a hoisting block to the front chain,
used to adjust the balance of the arm system
in order to lift it completely level!

218   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 220/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.3.3. Replacement of complete arm system

 Step Action Note/Illustration


3.

Caution!
The complete arm system weighs 1300 kg!
All lifting equipment used must be
dimensioned accordingly!
4. Lift the complete arm system and move it at Make sure all the hooks and
very low speed, making sure it does not tip! attachments stay in the correct
Make sure the lift is done completely level. position while lifting the manipulator!
Adjust the length of the chains as detailed in
enclosed instruction or with a hoisting block!

5. Fit the two guide


attachment holes,pins 
as  shown
to the frame
in the figure to Dimension is specified
equipment  on page 216.in Required
the right.
Fit one guide pin next to the guiding hole (for
the spring pin in the gearbox) and the other
guide pin straight across the frame.

xx0300000070

The figure above shows the frame,


view from below.
• A: Attachment holes for the
guide pins, M12.
• B: Guiding hole for the spring
pin located in the gearbox,
axis 1.
6. Look through the empty mounting hole of This is a complex task to be
motor 1 to assist in aligning the assembly performed with utmost care in order to
during refitting of the arm system. avoid injury or damage!
The spring pin in the gearbox must be fitted
to the guiding hole of the frame (B).
Lower the arm system with guidance from
the guide pins previously fitted to the frame.
The refitting must be made completely level!
Make sure the lifting device is adjusted prior
refitting of arm system.
7. Refit 22 of the 24 attachment screws before
the arm system is completely lowered.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   219

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 221/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.3.3. Replacement of complete arm system

 Step Action Note/Illustration


8. Remove the guide pins and secure the arm Shown in the figure Location of arm
system to the base with its 24 attachment system  on page 215!
screws and washers. M12 x 70, 12.9 quality UNBRAKO,
tightening torque: 115 Nm.
Reused screws may be used,
providing they are lubricated as
detailed in section Screw joints  in the
Product manual, reference
information  before fitting.
9. Refit the block for calibration  at the bottom of Shown in the figure Location of arm
the frame. system  on page 215!
10. Refit the motor axis 1. Detailed in section Refitting, motor  on
page 280.
11. Refit the cabling in the base.
12. Perform a leak-down test of the gearbox axis Detailed in section Performing a leak- 
1. down test  on page 196.
13. Refill the gearbox axis 1 with lubricating oil. Detailed in section Oil change,
gearbox axis 1 on page 156.
14. Recalibrate the robot. Calibration is detailed in separate
calibration manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are specified
in section Document references  in the
Product manual, reference
information .

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

220   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 222/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.1. Replacement of turning disk

4.4 Upper and lower arm

4.4.1. Replacement of turning disk

Location of turning disk


The turning disk is located in the front of the wrist housing, as shown in the figure below.
The design of the turning disk is different for robot version IRB 6600 175/2.55.
A more detailed view of the component and its position may be found in chapter Exploded
views in the Product manual, reference information .

xx0300000473

E Attachment screws (6 pcs) , turning disk for robot version IRB 6600 175/2.55

xx0200000217

A Turning disk
B Wrist unit
C Oil plug, draining
D Oil plug, filling
F Attachment screws (12 pcs)turning disk for all robot versions except IRB 6600
175/2.55

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   221

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 223/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.1. Replacement of turning disk

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Turning disk, dia. 3HAC 9744-5 For robot version IRB6600 175/2.55.
200 (175/2,55) O-rings are not included!
Turning disk, dia. 3HAC 13752-1 For all IRB 6600 and IRB 6650 robot
200 versions except IRB 6600 175/2.55.
O-rings are not included!
O-ring 3HAB 3772-65 For robot v. IRB 6600 175/2.55.
(1 pc) Must be replaced when replacing
2152 0431-20 the turning disk!
(6 pcs)
O-ring 3HAB 3772-64 For all IRB 6600 and IRB 6650 robot
(1 pc) versions except IRB 6600 175/2.55.
3HAB 3772-61 Must be replaced when replacing
(12 pcs) the turning disk!
Grease 3HAB 3537-1 Used to lubricate the o-rings.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product
manual, reference information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may references to the tools required.
be required. See
references to
these procedures
in the step-by-step
instructions below.

Removal, turning disk


The procedure below details how to remove the turning disk.

Step Action Note


1.

-
Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Remove any equipment fitted to the turning disk.
3. Run the robot to a position where the oil plug, Shown in the figure Location of
draining of axis 6 gearbox faces downwards. turning disk  on page 221!
4. Drain the oil from gearbox 6. Detailed in section Oil change,
gearbox axis 6  on page 173.
5. Remove the turning disk by unscrewing its Shown in the figure Location of
attachment screws . turning disk  on page 221!

222   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 224/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.1. Replacement of turning disk

Refitting, turning disk


The procedure below details how to refit the turning disk.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Lubricate the turning disk o-ring with Art. no. is specified in Required
grease. equipment  on page 222!
Fit the o-ring to the rear of the turning disk.
Fit also the 6 or 12 o-rings (depending on
robot version), when refitting the
attachment screws.

xx0200000218

• A: Sealing surface, o-ring


3. Secure the turning disk with its attachment For robot version IRB 6600 175/2.55:
screws. 6 pcs, M14 x 25, tightening torque: 175
Nm.
For all IRB 6600 and IRB 6650 robot
versions except IRB 6600 175/2.55:
12 pcs, M12 x 30, 12.9 quality
UNBRAKO, tightening torque: 100 Nm.
Reused screws may be used, providing
they are lubricated as detailed in section
Screw joints  in the Product manual,
reference information  before fitting.

4. Perform a leak-down test of the gearbox Detailed in section Performing a leak- 


axis 6. down test  on page 196.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   223

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 225/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.1. Replacement of turning disk

Step Action Note/Illustration


5. Refill the gearbox 6 with oil. Detailed in section Oil change, gearbox
axis 6  on page 173.
6. Refit any equipment removed during
disassembly, to the turning disk.

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

224   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 226/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.2. Replacement of complete wrist unit

4.4.2. Replacement of complete wrist unit

Location of wrist unit


The wrist unit is located in the frontmost part of the upper arm as shown in the figure below.
A more detailed view of the component and its position may be found in chapter Exploded
views in the Product manual, reference information .

xx0200000184

 A Wrist unit
B Turning disk
C Cover, wrist unit
D Cover, upper arm tube
E Connectors, upper arm tube, with cable bracket (R3.FB5, R3.MP5)
F Cable bracket
G Attachment point for lifting tool, wrist unit
H Wrist unit attachment screws and washers
I Upper arm tube

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   225

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 227/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.2. Replacement of complete wrist unit

Required equipment

Equipment etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Wrist (175/2.55) 3HAC 16627-1 IRB 6600 175/2.55
Wrist (175/2.55, insulated 3HAC 17372-1 IRB 6600 175/2.55
turning disk)
Wrist 3HAC 16626-2 All IRB 6600 and IRB 6650
robot versions except IRB
6600 175/2.55.
Guide pins M12 x 200 3HAC 13056-3 Always use guide pins in
pairs!
Lifting tool, wrist unit 3HAC 13605-1
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined
in section Standard toolkit  
in the Product manual,
reference information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools
required. See references required.
to these procedures in the
step-by-step instructions
below.
Circuit diagram See chapter Circuit
diagram  in the Product
manual, reference
information .

Removal, wrist unit


The procedure below details how to remove the complete wrist unit.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic
pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Remove all equipment fitted to the turning disk.
3. Turn axis 4 to a position where the cover, upper arm Shown in the figure Location
tube and wrist unit, faces upwards. Also turn axis 5 of wrist unit  on page 225!
so that the turning disk faces to the side in order to
allow access to the motor 6 cover.
4. Remove the cover, wrist unit . Shown in the figure Location
of wrist unit  on page 225!
5. Remove the cover, upper arm tube. Shown in the figure Location
of wrist unit  on page 225!
6. Remove the cover of motor, axis 6 and disconnect
all connectors beneath.

226   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 228/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.2. Replacement of complete wrist unit

Step Action Note/Illustration


7. Loosen the cable bracket on top of the wrist by Shown in the figure Location
undoing the three attachment screws. of wrist unit  on page 225!
Two of the attachment screws are visibly located at
the rear of the bracket (B) and the third located at
the bottom of the cable bracket, in the center (C),
shown in the figure to the right.

xx0200000254

• B: Attachment screws,
rear of cable bracket, 2
pcs
• C: Attachment screw,
bottom of cable

bracket, 1 pc
8. Pick out the cabling from motor, axis 6 and place it
safely on the tube.
9. Loosen the cable bracket in the upper arm tube by Shown in the figure Location
undoing the two screws on top of the tube. of wrist unit  on page 225!
10. Disconnect the motor axis 5 by disconnecting the Shown in the figure Location
two connectors in the upper arm tube (R3.FB5, of wrist unit  on page 225!
R3.MP5).
11. Fit the lifting tool to the wrist unit. Art. no. is specified in
Required equipment  on page
226!
12.

Caution!
The complete wrist unit weighs 130 kg! All lifting
equipment used must be dimensioned accordingly!
13. Slightly raise the wrist unit to unload the screw joint,
facilitating removing the attachment screws.
14. Remove the wrist unit attachment screws and Shown in the figure Location
washers . of wrist unit  on page 225!
15. Pull the wrist unit out, lift it away and place it on a

secure surface.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   227

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 229/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.2. Replacement of complete wrist unit

Refitting, wrist unit


The procedure below details how to refit the complete wrist unit.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Fit two guide pins, M12 in the upper arm Art. no. is specified in Required
tube, in two of the holes for the wrist unit equipment  on page 226!
attachment screws. Shown in the figure Location of wrist
unit  on page 225!
3. Fit the lifting tool to the wrist unit. Art. no. is specified Location of wrist
unit  on page 225!
4.

Caution!
The complete wrist unit weighs 130 kg! All
lifting equipment used must be
dimensioned accordingly!
5. Lift the wrist unit and guide it to the upper
arm tube with help of the guide pins.
Make sure the cabling from motor, axis 5 is
safely run into the arm tube and does not
get jammed.
6. Secure the wrist unit with 10 of the 12 Shown in the figure Location of wrist
attachment screws and washers. unit  on page 225!
12 pcs: M12 x 50, 12.9 quality
UNBRAKO, tightening torque: 115 Nm.
Reused screws may be used,
providing they are lubricated as

detailed in section
Product manual, Screw joints 
reference  in the  
information 
before fitting.
7. Remove the guide pins and secure the two
remaining attachment screws as detailed
above.
8. Remove the lifting tool from the wrist unit.
9. Reconnect the motor axis 5 by connecting Shown in the figure Location of wrist
the two connectors inside the upper arm unit  on page 225!
tube (R3.FB5, R3.MP5) and secure the
cable bracket with the two attachment
screws to the tube.

228   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 230/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.2. Replacement of complete wrist unit

Step Action Note/Illustration


10.

Note!
Axis 5 must be oriented in the correct
position (+90º) to allow the motor 6 cover to
open!
11. Place the cabling to motor, axis 6, correctly
on the upper arm and gently pull the
connectors through the hole on top of wrist
unit to motor, axis 6.

xx0200000185

Put a loop of cable in this area with


cable straps (A), if necessary. The
cables are long enough to fit different
upper arm lengths.
12. Fasten the cable bracket at top of the wrist Shown in the figure Location of wrist
unit with three attachment screws. Two of unit  on page 225!
them are visible at the rear attachment
point (B) and the third is located on the
bottom of the cable bracket, in the center
(C), shown in the figure to the right.

xx0200000254

• B: Attachment screws, rear of


cable bracket
• C: Attachment screw, bottom of
cable bracket
13. Reconnect the connectors to motor, axis 6
and refit the motor cover.
14. Refit the cover, upper arm tube. Shown in the figure Location of wrist
unit  on page 225!
15. Refit the cover, wrist unit. Shown in the figure Location of wrist
unit  on page 225!
16. Recalibrate the robot! Calibration is detailed in separate
calibration manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are specified in
section Document references  in the
Product manual, reference
information .

17. Refit anyturning


from the equipment
disk.previously removed

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   229

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 231/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.2. Replacement of complete wrist unit

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:

• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

230   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 232/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.3. Replacement of upper arm

4.4.3. Replacement of upper arm

Location of upper arm


The upper arm is located on top of the manipulator as shown in the following figure. The
complete upper arm includes the wrist unit but this instruction also describes how to remove
the upper arm when there is no wrist unit mounted.
Note! The lifting device is attached differently depending on whether the wrist unit is
mounted on the upper arm or not. The attachment points are shown in the following figure.
A more detailed view of the component and its position may be found in chapter Exploded
views in the Product manual, reference information .

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   231

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 233/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.3. Replacement of upper arm

xx0200000163

 A Attachment hole for lifting eye, M12 (if wrist unit is mounted)
 B Attachment for lifting device, upper arm (2 pcs if there is no wrist unit mounted)
 C Oil plug, draining, gearbox axis 3
D Cable harness division; connector R2.M5/6
E Motor, axis 3
F Motor, axis 4

G Attachment screws and washers, upper arm


H Sealing, axis 2/3 (between lower arm and gearbox axis 3)

232   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 234/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.3. Replacement of upper arm

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Sealing, axis 2/3 3HAC 12443-2 Always use a new sealing when
refitting the upper arm!
Washer, axis 3 (3 pcs) 3HAC 12703-1 To be replaced if damaged.
Guide pins, sealing axis 2/3 80 mm 3HAC 14628-1 For guiding "Sealing, axis 2/3".
Guide pins, sealing axis 2/3 100 mm 3HAC 14628-2 For guiding "Sealing, axis 2/3".
Power supply - 24 VDC, max 1,5A
For releasing the brakes.
Rotation tool 3HAC 17105-1 Used to rotate the motor shaft
beneath the motor cover, when
brakes are released with 24 VDC

power supply.
Lifting eye VLBG M12 3HAC 16131-1
Lifting device, upper arm 3HAC 15994-1
Lifting tool (chain) 3HAC 15556-1 To be used together with lifting
eye, M12 and lifting device, upper
arm.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !
Other tools and procedures may be These procedures include
required. See references to these references to the tools required.
procedures in the step-by-step
instructions below.

Removal, upper arm


The procedure below details how to remove the upper arm.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Remove all equipment fitted to turning disk.
3. Move the manipulator upper arm to a horizontal Shown in the figure Location of
position. upper arm  on page 231!
Run axis 4 so that the attachment hole for lifting
eye is faced upwards!
4. Upper arm including wrist unit: Fit the lifting Art. no. is specified in Required
eye, VLBG M12 to the attachment hole for equipment  on page 233!
lifting eye  on the upper arm tube. Shown in the figure Location of
upper arm  on page 231!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   233

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 235/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.3. Replacement of upper arm

Step Action Note


5. Upper arm including wrist unit: Fit one of the Art. no. is specified in Required
pieces included in lifting device, upper arm to equipment  on page 233!
the front attachment for lifting device on the Attachment point is shown in the
upper arm. figure Location of upper arm  on
Upper arm without wrist unit: Fit the lifting page 231!
device, upper arm to the both attachments for Notice the different attachment
lifting device . points, depending on whether the
wrist unit is mounted or not!
6. Fasten the lifting tool (chain) onto the lifting Art. no. is specified in Required
eye, the lifting device and an overhead crane. equipment  on page 233!
7. Drain the oil from gearbox axis 3. Detailed in section Oil change,
gearbox, axis 3  on page 164.
8. Disconnect connector R2.M5/6 at the cable Shown in the figure Location of
harness division as well as all remaining upper arm  on page 231!
connections between upper and lower arm.
9. Remove the cover on top of the motors, axis 3
and 4 and disconnect all connectors inside the
motors.
10. Remove all brackets securing the cabling to the
upper arm by removing their attachment screws
respectively.
11.

Caution!
The complete upper arm weighs 380 kg without
any additional equipment fitted! Use a suitable
lifting device to avoid injury to personnel!
12. Raise the lifting equipment to take the weight of
the upper arm.
13. In order to release the brake of the axis 3 motor, Connect to connector R2.MP3
connect the 24 VDC power supply. • +: pin 2
Note! When releasing the brake, the position of • -: pin 5
the upper arm is adjusted to the position given
by the lifting equipment.
14. Carefully remove the attachment screws and Shown in the figure Location of
washers, upper arm. upper arm  on page 231!
15. Lift the upper arm and place it on a secure
surface.
Make sure the lift is done completely level! In
case of necessary adjustments, use the
shortening loops on the lifting tool (chain), but
make sure to place the chain the right way
through the loops!
16. Remove the sealing, axis 2/3 from the lower Shown in the figure Location of
arm. upper arm  on page 231!

234   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 236/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.3. Replacement of upper arm

Refitting, upper arm


The procedure below details how to refit the upper arm.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Fit the two guide pins, sealing axis 2/3 in Always use a new sealing when
two of the attachment screw holes on reassembling!
gearbox 3, see figure to the right. Art. no. is specified in Required
Guide the new sealing, axis 2/3 into equipment  on page 233!
position on gearbox 3, using the guide
pins.

xx0200000166

• A: Holes for the guide pins


(sealing axis 2/3).
• B: Holes for the upper arm
attachment screws (33 pcs).
• C: Holes for the gearbox

attachment screws (not affected


in this instruction).
3. Upper arm including wrist unit: Fit the Art. no. is specified in Required
lifting eye, VLBG M12 to the attachment equipment  on page 233!
hole, lifting eye on the wrist unit. Shown in the figure Location of upper
arm  on page 231!
4. Upper arm including wrist unit:Fit one of Art. no. is specified in Required
the pieces included in the lifting device, equipment  on page 233!
upper arm to the front attachment for the Attachment points are shown in the
lifting device on the upper arm. figure Location of upper arm  on page
Upper arm without wrist unit: Fit the 231!
lifting device, upper arm to the both Notice the different attachment points
attachments for the lifting device on the depending on whether the wrist unit is
upper arm. mounted or not!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   235

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 237/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.3. Replacement of upper arm

Step Action Note/Illustration


5. In order to release the brake of the axis 3 Connect to connector R2.MP3
motor, connect the 24 VDC power supply, • +: pin 2
after removing the motor cover. • -: pin 5

6. Fasten the lifting tool (chain) onto the Art. no. is specified in Required
lifting eye, the lifting device and an equipment  on page 233!
overhead crane.
7.

Caution!
The complete upper arm weighs 380 kg
without any additional equipment fitted!
Use a suitable lifting device to avoid injury
to personnel!
8. Lift the upper arm and run to its mounting
position.
Make sure the lift is done completely level!
9. Fit in the gearbox attachment holes with Art. no. is specified in Required
the attachment holes on the lower arm with equipment  on page 233!
the guide pins.
It may be necessary to turn the gear by
rotating the motor pinion with a rotation
tool, motor beneath the motor cover.

xx0200000165

The rotation tool is used beneath the


motor cover, directly on the motor shaft
as shown in figure above.
• A: Rotation tool
10. Fit the three washers to be placed Shown in the figure Location of upper
beneath the attachment screws. arm  on page 231!
11. Insert 31 of the 33 attachment screws, Shown in the figure Location of upper
upper arm into the attachment holes in the arm  on page 231!
lower arm. Removing the plastic mechanical stops
Do not remove the guide pins until the may be required before fitting the upper
attachment screws are tightened as arm.
detailed below. If guide pins are removed before the
screws are tightened, the sealing can
be involuntarily moved into wrong
position.

236   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 238/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.3. Replacement of upper arm

 Step Action Note/Illustration


12. Secure the lower arm to gearbox axis 3, 33 pcs: M12 x 50; 12.9 quality
with the attachment screws. UNBRAKO, tightening torque: 120 Nm.
Reused screws may be used, providing
they are lubricated as detailed in
section Screw joints  in the Product
manual, reference information  before
fitting.
13. Remove the guide pins and fit the two
remaining attachment screws. Tighten
them as detailed above!
14. Disconnect the brake release voltage and
remove the rotation tool from the motor.
15. Remove the lifting devices.
16. Refit any cabling removed during the
removal process.
17. Reconnect all connectors inside motors,
axis 3 and 4. Refit the motor covers.
18. Reconnect connector R2.M5/6 gently at
the cable harness division point, with 2
screws, M6.
Be careful not to bend the attachment plate
when fastening the screws!
19. Perform a leakdown test. Detailed in section Performing a leak- 
down test  on page 196.
20. Refill the gearbox with oil. Detailed in section Oil change,
gearbox, axis 3  on page 164.
21. Recalibrate the robot. Calibration is detailed in separate
calibration manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are specified in
section Document references  in the
Product manual, reference information .

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   237

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 239/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.4. Replacement of complete lower arm

4.4.4. Replacement of complete lower arm

Location of lower arm


The lower arm is located as shown in the figure below.
A more detailed view of the component and its position may be found in chapter  Exploded
views in the Product manual, reference information.

xx0200000255

A Lower arm
B Pivot point, axis 2
C Front shaft, balancing device, including securing screw
D Attachment for lifting equipment, balancing device

238   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 240/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.4. Replacement of complete lower arm

Internal components, lower arm


The internal components of the lower arm are located as shown in the figure below:
• The figure (1) shows a cut between the lower arm and the gearbox axis 3. The location
of the sealing axis 2/3 is identical between the lower arm and the axis 2.
• The figure (2) shows a cut through the lower arm pivot point in axis 2 (item B in the
figure above!).

xx0200000031

A Gearbox
B Lower arm
C Balancing device piston rod ear
D Frame
E Shaft hole
201 Sealing, axis 2/3
202 Attachment screw
204 Washer
401 Bearing
402 Thrust washer
403 Bushing
404 Retaining ring
405 Shaft, lower arm
406 Protection plug
409 Protection washer

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   239

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 241/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 242/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.4. Replacement of complete lower arm

Removal, lower arm


The procedure below details how to remove the complete lower arm.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Remove the upper arm. Detailed in section Removal, upper
arm  on page 233.
3. Disconnect and remove the cables from Detailed in section Removal, cable
inside the lower arm. harness, axes 1-4  on page 201.
Release any cable attachments.
4. Apply the lifting eye, M12 orshackle  to the Art. no. is specified in Required
balancing device and raise to unload the equipment  on page 240.
weight of the device. Attachment is shown in the figure
Location of lower arm  on page 238.
5. Unload the balancing device in order to make Detailed in sectionUnloading the
the piston rod and front ear adjustable when balancing device  on page 271.
pulling the front shaft out.
6. Remove the securing screw from the Shown in the figure Location of lower

balancing device front shaft. arm  on page 238.


7. Apply the puller tool, balancing device shaft
to the shaft of the balancing device, through
the hole in the frame.
The shaft has a M20 thread diameter, as
shown in the figure to the right.
Pull the shaft out using the puller tool and the
hydraulic pump. xx0300000056

Note! The dimension of the shaft


puller tool is M20. Do not mix up with
the shaft press tool used when
mounting the shaft.
Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 240.
8. Lower the balancing device until it rests
safely against the bottom of the frame.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   241

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 243/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.4. Replacement of complete lower arm

Step Action Note/Illustration


9. Move the lower arm backwards to the lowest
position possible.

xx0300000015

10. Apply the lifting tool to the lower arm. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 240!
11. Drain the oil from gearbox 2. Detailed in section Oil change,
gearbox axis 2  on page 160.
12.

Caution!
The lower arm weighs 160 kg! All lifting
equipment used must be dimensioned
accordingly!
13. Raise the tool to unload the lower arm.
14. Remove the lower arm shaft and all additional
components, as detailed in section Removal,
lower arm shaft  on page 248!
15. Remove the attachment screws and Shown in the figure Internal
washers that attach the lower arm to the components, lower arm  on page 239!
gearbox axis 2.
16. Lift the lower arm and place it on a secure
surface.
17. Remove the bearing and thrust washer from Shown in the figure Internal
the shaft hole in the lower arm. components, lower arm  on page 239!
On reassembly a new bearing must

be used!
18. Remove the both sealings, axis 2/3 from the Shown in the figure Internal
lower arm. components, lower arm  on page 239!
On reassembly new sealings must
be used!

242   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 244/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.4. Replacement of complete lower arm

Refitting, lower arm


The procedure below details how to refit the lower arm.

 Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Fit a new VK-cover on a new lower arm or Part no. is specified in Required
replace the existing if damaged. equipment  on page 240!
3. Fit two guidings in the attachment holes of Art. no. is specified in Required
the lower arm. equipment  on page 240!

xx0200000262

A: Attachment holes for the two


guidings
4. Fit the new sealing, axis 2/3 on the guidings. Always use a new sealing when
reassembling!
Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 240!
5. Apply the lifting tool to the lower arm. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 240!
6.

Caution!
The lower arm weighs 160 kg! All lifting
equipment used must be dimensioned
accordingly!
7. Lift the lower arm and move it to its mounting
position.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   243

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 245/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.4. Replacement of complete lower arm

Step Action Note/Illustration


8. In case the hole pattern of the lower arm and Connect power supply to connector
the gearbox axis 2 does not match, use power R2.MP2
supply to release the motor axis 2 brakes and • +: pin 2
rotate the pinion and gear with the rotational • -: pin 5
tool.

xx0200000165

The rotation tool (A) is used beneath


the motor cover, directly on the
motor shaft as shown in figure
above.
Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 240!
9. Disconnect the power supply, if used.
10. Secure the lower arm with 31 of the 33  33 pcs: M12 x 50, 12.9 quality
attachment screws and washers in gearbox, UNBRAKO, tightening torque: 120
axis 2. Nm.
Reused screws may be used,
providing they are lubricated as
detailed in section Screw joints  in
the Product manual, reference
information  before fitting.
Shown in the figure Internal
components, lower arm  on page
239!
11. Remove the guidings and secure the two
remaining screws as detailed above!
12. Refit the lower arm shaft and all additional
components, as detailed in section Refitting,
lower arm shaft  on page 250!
13. Remove the lifting tool from the lower arm.
14. Refit and restore the balancing device. Detailed in section Refitting,
balancing device  on page 268.
15. Refit the upper arm. Detailed in section Refitting, upper
arm  on page 235.
16. Perform a leak-down test. Detailed in section Performing a
leak-down test  on page 196.
17. Refill the gearbox with oil. Detailed in section Oil change,
gearbox axis 2  on page 160.
18. Refit and reconnect all cables inside the lower Detailed in section Refitting, cable

arm. harness, axes 1-4  on page 205.


Resecure any cable attachments.

244   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 246/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.4. Replacement of complete lower arm

 Step Action Note/Illustration


19. Recalibrate the robot! Calibration is detailed in separate
calibration manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are
specified in section Document
references  in the Product manual,
reference information .

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   245

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 247/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.5. Replacement of lower arm shaft

4.4.5. Replacement of lower arm shaft

Prerequisites
This section details how to remove and refit the lower arm shaft as a step in the procedure of
removing/refitting the complete lower arm. To perform the procedure described in this
section, it is required that the preceding instructions in section Replacement of complete lower
arm on page 238 are followed! These include:
• removing the upper arm
• removing the cabling in the lower arm
• unloading the balancing device and removing the front eye shaft
• draining the oil in gearbox axis 2
• unloading the lower arm with specific lifting equipment.

Components, lower arm shaft


The figure below shows the components fitted to the lower arm shaft.

xx0300000487

A Protection plug
B Lower arm shaft (axis 2 shaft)
C Thrust washer
D Bearing
E Protection washer
F Retaining ring

246   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 248/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.5. Replacement of lower arm shaft

Required equipment

Equipment Art. no. Note


Bearing 3HAC 12441-2 Always use a new bearing when
reassembling!
Puller device, axis 2 shaft 3HAC 021563-001
Press device, axis 2 shaft 3HAC 021600-001
Hydraulic pump, 80 MPa 3HAC 13086-1
Hydraulic pump, 150 MPa 3HAC 021563-012
(Glycerin)
Press tool, axis 2 bearing 3HAC 13527-1
Retaining ring plier -
Isopropanol 1177 1012-208 For cleaning the shaft.
Grease 3HAB 3537-1 For lubrication of the bearing.
Glycerin For lubrication of the shaft.

Puller device for removal of axis 2 shaft


The illustration below shows the puller tool used to remove the lower arm shaft (axis 2 shaft).

xx0400001029

A Nipple for the hydraulic pump


B Nipple for the glycerin pump

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   247

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 249/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.5. Replacement of lower arm shaft

Press device for refitting of axis 2 shaft


The illustration below shows the press tool used to refit the lower arm shaft (axis 2 shaft).

xx0300000485

A Nipple for the hydraulic pump


B Nipple for the glycerin pump
C Indicator

Removal, lower arm shaft


The procedure below details how to remove the lower arm shaft.
If encountering any problems when removing the shaft, contact ABB Robotics!

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Warning!

This procedure is a step in the complete


procedure of removing the lower arm! Make sure
all the preceding steps specified in Prerequisites  
on page 246 are made before removing the
lower arm shaft!
2. Remove the protection plug. Shown in the figure Components,
lower arm shaft  on page 246!

248   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 250/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 251/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.5. Replacement of lower arm shaft

Refitting, lower arm shaft


The procedure below details how to refit the lower arm shaft.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1. Clean the shaft with isopropanol  and lubricate it Art. no. is specified in Required
with glycerin . equipment  on page 247!
2. Push the shaft in by hand.
3. Refit the thrust washer to the shaft. Also shown in the figure
Components, lower arm shaft  on
page 246!
4. Apply the press device, axis 2 shaft  against the Art. no. is specified in Required
shaft. equipment  on page 247!
5. Tighten the M16 nut. Tightening torque: 20 Nm.
6. Fit both the hydraulic pump  and the glycerin Art. no. is specified in Required
pump  to the press device. equipment  on page 247.
The attachments on the tool are
shown in the figure Press device
for refitting of axis 2 shaft  on page
248.
7. Set the indicator  on the press device to zero. Shown in the figure Press device
for refitting of axis 2 shaft  on page
248.
8. Press in the shaft with the hydraulic cylinder by
setting the pressure of the hydraulic pump to
approximately 35-55 MPa and the pressure of
the glycerin pump to 55 MPa.
9. Increase the pressure of the both pumps Correct value: 2.45 mm ± 0.15
alternately until the correct value is reached with mm.
the indicator on the press tool. Note! Do not exceed the limit of
maximum pressure classified for
the pumps!
10. When a correct value is reached, release the
pressure from the glycerin pump first, then from
the hydraulic pump (approximately 1/2 minute
after), in order to avoid movement of the shaft.
11. Remove the press device, axis 2 shaft.
12. Apply grease to the location of the shaft where Art. no. is specified in Required
the bearing is to be mounted. equipment  on page 247!
13. Press in the new bearing with the press tool, Always use a new bearing when
axis 2 bearing. reassembling!
Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 247!
14. Refit the protection washer and the retaining Shown in the figure Components,
ring. lower arm shaft  on page 246!
15. Refit the protection plug. Shown in the figure Components,
lower arm shaft  on page 246!
16. Proceed with the refitting procedure of the lower
arm, detailed in section Refitting, lower arm  on
page 243.

250   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 252/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.6. Securing the lower arm

4.4.6. Securing the lower arm

General
This section details how to secure the lower arm with a specific fixture prior to performing
certain service activities to the manipulator.

Attachment points, manipulator


The special equipment used to secure the lower arm is fitted to the attachment points shown
in the figure below.

xx0400000708

A Attachment hole, securing screw


B Holes for M12 bolts
C Holes for M16 bolts

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   251

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 253/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.6. Securing the lower arm

Required equipment

Equipment, etc Art. no. Note


Fixture lower arm 3HAC 020584-001 Includes the locking screw for securing the
lower arm.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product manual,
reference information !

Fixture, lower arm


The attachment bolts, locking screw, adjusters and ring nuts are attached to the fixture tool as
shown in the figure below. Move them to the attachment points shown in the instruction.

C A   B
D

xx0400000709

A Locking screw
B Adjusters, 2 pcs
C M16 bolts, 4 pcs
D Ring nuts, 2 pcs
E M12 bolts and washers, 2 pcs

252   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 254/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.4.6. Securing the lower arm

Securing the lower arm


The procedure below details how to secure the lower arm by fitting the fixture to the
manipulator.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!

2. Remove any
upper arm or load or equipment
turning disk. fitted to the
3. Move the robot to the calibration position. The
upper arm can be directed in three different
ways, shown in the figure to the right.
The lowered position, as in figure A, is
recommended as it gives the least load on the
tool.

xx0200000260

4. If the manipulator is fitted with moveable


mechanical stops on axis 2 (not stock
equipment), these must be removed at this
point.
The attachment holes of the mechanical stops
are used to attach the fixture.
5. Remove the locking screw from the fixture, Shown in the figure Fixture, lower
where it is attached. arm  on page 252.
Art. no. of the fixture is specified in
Required equipment  on page 252.
6. Secure the lower arm to the frame by inserting Shown in the figure Attachment
the locking screw into a specific attachment points, manipulator  on page 251.
hole  through the frame, into the lower arm.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   253

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 255/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.4.6. Securing the lower arm

Step Action Note/Illustration


7. Fit the fixture, lower arm to the frame and the Art. no. is specified in Required
lower arm, according to following instruction: equipment  on page 252.
1. Fit the both adjusters in the correct holes Attachment holes on the frame
and make sure that they are screwed and on the lower arm are shown in
back (C). the figure Attachment points,
2. Align the fixture with the frame and lower manipulator  on page 251!
arm. The adjusters, bolts and ring nuts
3. Make sure the fixture is pressed tightly are shown in the figure Fixture,
against the lower arm before securing lower arm  on page 252.
with screws!
4. Fit and tighten the four M16 bolts in the
C
attachment holes on the inside of the
frame with tightening torque: 220 Nm
(A). Note!The attachment holes are
elliptic, making the fixture adjustable for
different manipulator models. Tighten
the bolts properly!
5. Screw in the two adjusters until they rest
against the flats on the lower arm.
Tighten by hand.
6. Lock, using the two ring nuts.
7. Fit and tighten the two M12 bolts in the
attachment holes on the lower arm with
tightening torque: 91 Nm (C).

A
xx0400000710

• A: Holes for M16 bolts.


• C: Holes for M12 bolts (2
pcs), adjusters, ring nuts
and washers.
8.

Warning!

The lower arm is now secured and it is safe to


remove the gearbox of axis 2, according to
section Removal, gearbox  on page 318,
provided that the balancing device is unloaded.

254   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 256/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.5.1. Replacement of SMB unit

4.5 Frame and base

4.5.1. Replacement of SMB unit

Location of SMB unit


The SMB unit (SMB = serial measurement board) is located on the left hand side of the frame
as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000203

A SMB cover
B SMB unit
C Pins
D Battery cable

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


SMB unit 3HAC 16014-1
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !
Circuit Diagram See chapter Circuit diagram  in
the Product manual, reference
information .

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   255

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 257/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.5.1. Replacement of SMB unit

Removal, SMB unit


The procedure below details how to remove the SMB unit.

 Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the
unit please observe the safety information in
section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD!  
on page 40
3. Remove the SMB cover by unscrewing its Shown in the figure Location of
attachment screws. SMB unit  on page 255!
4. Remove the connectors X8, X9 and X10 from the

brake release board, if need of more space.


5. Remove the nuts and washers from the pins Shown in the figure Location of
securing the board. SMB unit  on page 255!
6. Gently disconnect the connectors from the SMB Connectors R1.SMB1-3,
unit when pulling the board out. R1.SMB4-6 and R2.SMB
7. Disconnect the battery cable   from the SMB unit. Shown in the figure Location of
SMB unit  on page 255.

256   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 258/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.5.1. Replacement of SMB unit

Refitting, SMB unit


The procedure below details how to refit the SMB unit.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before handling the
unit please observe the safety information in
section WARNING - The unit is sensitive to ESD!  
on page 40
3. Connect the battery cable  to the SMB unit. Shown in the figure Location of
SMB unit  on page 255.
4. Connect all connectors to the SMB board and fit Art. no. is specified in Required

the SMB unit onto the pins . equipment  on page 255!


Shown in the figure Location of
SMB unit  on page 255!
R1.SMB1-3, R1.SMB4-6 and
R2.SMB
5. Secure the SMB unit to the pins with the nuts and
washers.
6. If disconnected, reconnect the connectors X8, X9
and X10 to the brake release board.
7. Secure the SMB cover  with its attachment Shown in the figure Location of
screws. SMB unit  on page 255!
8. Update the revolution counter! Detailed in chapter Calibration -
section Updating revolution
counters  on page 342!

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.

• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   257

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 259/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.5.2. Replacement of brake release unit

4.5.2. Replacement of brake release unit

Location of brake release unit


The brake release unit is located together with the SMB unit on the left hand side of the frame,
right next to the gearbox, axis 2, as shown in figure below.
Some early designs are equipped with a separate box on the frame, with the brake release unit
inside, not shown in the figure.

xx0200000226

A Brake release unit


B Attachment screws, brake release unit (4 pcs)
C Buttons

D SMB cover
E Push button guard

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Brake release unit with buttons 3HAC 16035-1 Located together with the SMB-unit at
the left hand side of the frame.
Brake release circuit 3HAC 14301-1 The early version, where brake release
unit is located in a separate box on the

frame.

258   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 260/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.5.2. Replacement of brake release unit

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product manual,
reference information !
Other tools and procedures may These procedures include references
be required. See references to to the tools required.
these procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.

Removal, brake release unit


The procedure below details how to remove the brake release unit.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2.

Warning!

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the
safety information in section WARNING -
The unit is sensitive to ESD!  on page 40
3. Remove the push button guard  from the Shown in the figure Location of brake
SMB cover. release unit  on page 258.
The guard must be removed to ensure a
correct refitting of the brake release unit.
4. Open the SMB cover by unscrewing the Shown in the figure Location of brake
attachment screws. release unit  on page 258!
Let the battery stay connected, to avoid
the need of synchronization of the robot!
5. Remove the complete brake release unit
(including brake release unit and bracket)
from the SMB recess, by removing its two
attachment screws.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   259

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 261/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.5.2. Replacement of brake release unit

Step Action Note/Illustration


6. Disconnect the connectors X8, X9 and
X10 from the brake release unit.

xx0200000129

• A: Connector X8
• B: Connector X9
• C: Connector X10
• D: Push buttons
Location of brake release unit is shown
in the figure Location of brake release
unit  on page 258!
7. Remove the brake release unit from the
bracket by removing the four attachment
screws.

Refitting, brake release unit


The procedure below details how to refit the brake release unit.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and

pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!


2.

Warning!

WARNING!
The unit is sensitive to ESD, before
handling the unit please observe the safety
information in section WARNING - The unit
is sensitive to ESD!  on page 40

260   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 262/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.5.2. Replacement of brake release unit

 Step Action Note/Illustration


3. Fasten the brake release unit on the Shown in the figure Location of brake
bracket with the attachment screws. release unit  on page 258!
Make sure the unit is positioned as straight Art. no. is specified in Required
as possible on the bracket! The push equipment  on page 258!
buttons can otherwise get jammed when
the SMB cover is refitted.
4. Connect the connectors X8, X9 and X10 to
the brake release unit.

xx0200000129

• A: Connector X8
• B: Connector X9
• C: Connector X10
• D: Push buttons
5. Refit the complete brake release unit
(including brake release unit and bracket)
to the SMB recess with the two attachment
screws.
6. Refit the SMB cover with its attachment Shown in the figure Location of brake
screws. release unit  on page 258!
The push button guard must not be
mounted on the cover before the check
described below is made!
7.

Warning!
Before continuing any service work,
please observe the safety information in
section WARNING - The brake release
buttons may be jammed after service work  
on page 39!
8. Refit the push button guard  to the SMB Shown in the figure Location of brake
cover. release unit  on page 258.
9. If the battery has been disconnected the Detailed in the Calibration chapter -
revolution counter must be updated. section Updating revolution counters  on
page 342.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   261

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 263/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.5.2. Replacement of brake release unit

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:

• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

262   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 264/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.5.3. Replacement of balancing device

4.5.3. Replacement of balancing device

Location of balancing device


The balancing device is located on rear top of the frame as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000223

A Balancing device
B Rear cover
C Support shaft inside
D Attachment screws, rear cover
E Balancing device shaft, including securing screw
F Bearing attachment
G Parallel pin (inside bearing attachment)
H Attachment screws, bearing attachments

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   263

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 265/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.5.3. Replacement of balancing device

Attachment points, balancing device


The attachment points for the lifting tools etc. are located as shown in the figure below.
The attachment for the balancing device lifting tool is either a threaded hole or a lifting eye,
depending on the version of the balancing device.

xx0300000482

B Lifting eye or threaded hole for the lifting equipment

C Securing screw attachment hole, secures the bearing attachment to the balancing
device (remove the protection plug)
D Hole in the frame to access the balancing device shaft with the puller/press tool
E Locking screw attachment hole, secures the lower arm to the frame

264   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 266/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.5.3. Replacement of balancing device

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Balancing device 3HAC 020691-001 IRB 6600
(IRB 6600) Includes balancing device
3HAC 17117-2!
Includes end cover gasket
3HAC 17188-1.
Balancing device 3HAC 020692-001 IRB 6650
(IRB 6650) Includes balancing device
3HAC 17117-3!
Includes end cover gasket
3HAC 17188-1.
Gasket, end cover 3HAC 17188-1 To be replaced if damaged!
Locking screw 3HAA 1001-266 M16 x 60
For securing the lower arm.
Securing screw 9ADA 183-66 M12 x 35, 2 pcs required
For securing the bearing
attachments to the
balancing device when
lifting.
Bearing grease 3HAB 3537-1 For lubricating the o-rings
and the shaft.
Grease 3HAA 1001-294 80 ml, Optimol PDO
For lubrication of spherical

roller
of new bearing in ear,
balancing in case
device.
Locking liquid - Loctite 243
To apply to the securing
screw in the shaft.
Grease pump - To lubricate spherical roller
bearing.
Guide pins M16 x 300 3HAC 13120-5 Always use guide pins in
pairs!
Lifting eye M12 3HAC 14457-3 Used if the balancing
device is equipped with a
threaded hole.

Shackle, balancing 3HAC 020997-1 Used if the balancing


device device is equipped with a
lifting eye.
Lifting tool (chain) 3HAC 15556-1
Press tool, balancing 3HAC 020902-001
device
Puller tool, balancing 3HAC 12475-1
device shaft
Press tool, balancing 3HAC 17129-1
device shaft
Hydraulic cylinder 3HAC 11731-1 To be used with the press
and puller tools.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   265

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 267/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.5.3. Replacement of balancing device

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Hydraulic pump, 80 3HAC 13086-1 To be used with the
MPa hydraulic cylinder.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in
the Product manual,
reference information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools
required. See required.
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step
instructions below.

Removal, balancing device


The procedure below details how to remove the balancing device.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Run the lower arm to a position close to the
calibration position.
3. Secure the lower arm to the frame by inserting Attachment hole for the locking
the locking screw into the attachment hole in screw is shown in the figure
the frame. Attachment points, balancing
device  on page 264.
Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 265!
4.

Caution!
The balancing device weighs 210 kg! All lifting
equipment used must be dimensioned
accordingly!
5. Apply the lifting eye or the shackle  to the Art. no. is specified in Required
balancing device, and raise to unload the equipment  on page 265!
device. Attachments are shown in the figure
Attachment points, balancing
device  on page 264.

266   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 268/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.5.3. Replacement of balancing device

Step Action Note/Illustration


6. Unload the balancing device with the press Art. no. is specified in Required
tool in order to make the piston rod and front equipment  on page 265!
ear adjustable when pulling the shaft out. Detailed in section Unloading the
balancing device  on page 271.
7. Remove the securing screw from the Shown in the figure Location of
balancing device shaft. balancing device  on page 263!
8. Apply the puller tool, balancing device shaft
to the shaft through the hole in the frame.
The shaft has a M20 thread diameter, as
shown in the figure to the right.
Pull the shaft out using the puller tool and the
hydraulic pump.
xx0300000056

Note! The dimension of the shaft


puller tool is M20. Do not mix up
with the shaft press tool used when
mounting the shaft.
Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 265!
The hole in the frame is shown in
the figure Attachment points,
balancing device  on page 264!
9. Restore the balancing device. Detailed in section Restoring the
balancing device  on page 275.
10. Secure the two bearing attachments to the Shown in the figure Attachment
balancing device by replacing the protection points, balancing device  on page
plug on the outside of each attachment, with 264!
securing screws. Dimensions for the securing screws
The protection plugs must be refitted after are specified in Required equipment  
refitting the balancing device, do not loose on page 265.
them!
11. Remove the two bearing attachments from Shown in the figure Location of
the frame by unscrewing their four attachment balancing device  on page 263!
screws. Make sure the parallel pins inside
are not lost!
12. Fit two guide pins, through the upper holes of Art. no. is specified in Required
the bearing attachments, to the frame. equipment  on page 265!
13. Lift the balancing device gently backwards to Note! Make sure not to burden the
a secure area, allowing the bearing guide pins with the weight of the
attachments to slide on the guide pins. balancing device!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   267

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 269/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.5.3. Replacement of balancing device

Refitting, balancing device


The procedure below details how to refit the balancing device.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Secure the lower arm to the frame by Art. no. is specified in Required
inserting the locking screw into the equipment  on page 265!
attachment hole in the frame. Attachment hole is shown in the
figure Attachment points, balancing
device  on page 264.
3. Secure the bearing attachments to the Shown in the figure Attachment
balancing device with securing screws . points, balancing device  on page
264!
Dimension of the securing screws is
specified in Required equipment  on
page 265.
4. Refit the two parallel pins in the frame. Shown in the figure Location of
balancing device  on page 263!
5. Fit two guide pins to the upper holes in the
frame, where the bearing attachments are to
be attached.
6. Fit the lifting eye to the balancing device. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 265!
Attachments are shown in the
figureAttachment points, balancing
device  on page 264.
7.

Caution!
The balancing device weighs 210 kg! All
lifting equipment used must be dimensioned
accordingly!
8. Lift the balancing device and bring it forward, Note! Make sure not to burden the
gliding the bearing attachments on to the guide pins with the weight of the
guide pins. balancing device!
9. Remove the guide pins.

268   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 270/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.5.3. Replacement of balancing device

Step Action Note/Illustration


10. Secure the rear of the balancing device by Shown in the figure Location of
fastening the two bearing attachments to the balancing device  on page 263!
frame with their four attachment screws. 4 pcs, M16x70, 12.9 quality
UNBRAKO, tightening torque: 300
Nm.
Reused screws may be used,
providing they are lubricated as
detailed in section Screw joints  in the
Product manual, reference
information  before fitting.
11. Remove the screws from outside of the
bearing attachments and refit the protection
plugs.
12. Raise the balancing device to a position

where the
inserted balancing
through deviceshaft
the piston shaftfront
may eye.
be

13. Unload the balancing device with the press Detailed in section Unloading the
tool. balancing device  on page 271.
Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 265!
For an easier reassembling of the
shaft, the piston rod may be pressed
out more than necessary and then
pressed in when fitting the shaft.
14. Lubricate the shaft with grease. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 265!

shaft . the shaft press tool to the lubricated


15. Apply The
figurehole in the frame
Attachment is shown
points, in the
balancing
Fit the shaft to the piston shaft front eye device  on page 264!
through the hole in the frame, using the shaft Art. no. is specified in Required
press tool and the hydraulic pump . equipment  on page 265!
Note! Make sure the shaft is pressed
all the way to the bottom.
16. Refit the securing screw into the shaft using M16 x 180, tightening torque: 50 Nm.
locking liquid. Locking liquid is specified in
Required equipment  on page 265!
17. Lubricate the bearing in the ear with grease Art. no. and amount are specified in
through the lubricating nipple, with a grease Required equipment  on page 265!
pump. Lubrication is further detailed in
Fill until excessive grease pierces between section Lubrication, balancing
the shaft and the sealing spacer. device bearing  on page 179.
18. Restore the balancing device. Detailed in section Restoring the
balancing device  on page 275.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   269

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 271/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.5.3. Replacement of balancing device

 Step Action Note/Illustration


19.

Danger!
The rear cover of the balancing device is a
safety device for the piston rod during
operation! Make sure the cover is properly
secured before commissioning of the robot!
20. Remove the locking screw that secures the
lower arm to the frame.

xx0300000483

A: Attachment hole for the securing


screw.

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

270   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 272/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 273/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.5.4. Unloading the balancing device

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Press tool, balancing device 3HAC 020902-001 Includes
• press device 3HAC 15767-2
• press device 3HAC 18100-1
Choose the correct device, depending
on model of balancing device.
Hydraulic cylinder 3HAC 11731-1 To be used with the press tool.
Hydraulic pump, 80 MPa 3HAC 13086-1 To be used with the hydraulic cylinder.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product
manual, reference information !

Using the correct press device


The different designs of the balancing device require different versions of the press device,
included in the complete press tool. The table below specifies which press device to use to
which balancing device.
The article number of the balancing device may be found on a label at the rear of the balancing
device.

Balancing device Press device


Art. no: 3HAC 14678-1 (IRB 6600), 3HAC 16189-1 Art. no: 3HAC 15767-2
(IRB 6650)
Description: balancing device with threaded hole for
lifting lug.

xx0300000600

xx0300000601

Art.
(IRBno: 3HAC 17117-2 (IRB 6600), 3HAC 17117-3
6650) Art. no: 3HAC 18100-1
Description: balancing device with lifting eye.

xx0300000599

xx0300000602

272   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 274/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.5.4. Unloading the balancing device

Unloading the balancing device


The procedure below details how to use the press tool in order to unload the balancing device.
How to remove the press tool, is detailed in section Restoring the balancing device on page
275.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1. Fit the moving pin  to the current press device. Choose the correct press device,
according to the table Using the
correct press device  on page 272.
The moving pin is shown in the
figure Press tool and hydraulic
cylinder  on page 271.
2. Fit the correct press device and moving pin to Shown in the figure Press tool and
the press tool. Secure with the bolt, press hydraulic cylinder  on page 271.

device.
Note! Make sure the bolt is secured properly!
3. Remove the rear cover of the balancing
device, by unscrewing the attachment screws
(E).

xx0200000175

• E: Rear cover attachment


screws, 4 pcs
4. Valid for balancing device 3HAC 14678-1 and The article number of the balancing
3HAC 16189-1: device may be found on a label at
• Remove the support shaft from the the rear of the balancing device.
balancing device.
• Remove the o-ring from the balancing
device end.
5. Valid for balancing device 3HAC 17117-2 and The article number of the balancing
3HAC 17117-3: device may be found on a label at
• Remove the gasket from the balancing the rear of the balancing device.
device end.
6. Fit the press tool  to the rear of the balancing Art. no. is specified in Required
device with enclosed bolts. Tighten them equipment  on page 272!
properly! See the figure Press tool and
hydraulic cylinder  on page 271!
7. Fit the hydraulic cylinder to the press tool. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 272!
See the figure Press tool and
hydraulic cylinder  on page 271!
8. Connect the hydraulic pump to the cylinder. Art. no. is specified in Required
equipment  on page 272!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   273

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 275/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.5.4. Unloading the balancing device

Step Action Note/Illustration


9. Increase the pressure and press until the See the figure Press tool and
marking on the moving pin indicates the hydraulic cylinder  on page 271!
correct position (in level with the pressure Do not apply more pressure than
block). necessary, it could damage
bearings and sealings at the shaft.
10. Turn the fix plate to position "Closed" in order See the figure Press tool and
to lock the tool in loaded condition. hydraulic cylinder  on page 271!
11. Unload the hydraulic cylinder.
12. The hydraulic cylinder may now be removed
from the tool, when necessary.

274   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 276/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.5.5. Restoring the balancing device

4.5.5. Restoring the balancing device

Overview
This section details how to restore the balancing device and how to remove the press tool
from the device.

Press tool and hydraulic cylinder


The figure below shows the hydraulic cylinder mounted on the press tool.
The press tool includes two press devices that are used to different models of the balancing
device.

xx0200000174

A Press block
B Hydraulic cylinder

C Press device
D Bolt, press device
E Moving pin with marking
F Bolt (4 pcs)
G Pin, attached to the fix plate

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   275

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 277/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 278/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.5.5. Restoring the balancing device

 Step Action Note/Illustration


8. Refit the rear cover to the balancing device
with its attachment screws, using locking
liquid.

xx0200000175

• 4 pcs: M10x30, tightening


torque: 50 Nm.
Locking liquid is specified in Required
equipment  on page 276.
9.

Danger!
The rear cover of the balancing device is a
safety device for the piston rod during
operation! Make sure the cover is properly
secured before commissioning of the robot!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   277

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 279/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.1. Replacement of motor, axis 1

4.6 Motors

4.6.1. Replacement of motor, axis 1

Location of motor
The motor axis 1 is located on the left hand side of the manipulator as shown in the figure
below.

xx0200000200

 A Motor, axis 1
 B Motor attachment screws and washers

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Motor axis 1 3HAC 15879-2 Includes
• motor
• pinion
• o-ring 2152 2012-
430.
O-ring 2152 2012-430 Must be replaced when
reassembling motor!
Grease 3HAB 3537-1 Used to lubricate the o-ring.

278   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 280/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.1. Replacement of motor, axis 1

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Removal tool, motor M12x 3HAC 14631-1 Always use the removal
tools in pairs!
Lifting tool, motor ax 1, 4, 5 3HAC 14459-1
Power supply - 24 VDC, max. 1,5 A
For releasing the brakes.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in
the Product manual,
reference information !
Other tools and procedures These procedures include
may be required. See references to the tools
references to these required.
procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.
Circuit Diagram See chapter Circuit
diagram  in the Product
manual, reference
information .

Removal, motor
The procedure below details how to remove motor, axis 1.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic
pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Remove the cover for connector access on top of the
motor by unscrewing its four attachment screws.
3. Remove the cable gland cover at the cable exit by
unscrewing its two attachment screws.

xx0200000199

• A: Cable gland cover


Make sure the gasket is not
damaged!
4. Disconnect all connectors beneath the motor cover.
5. Apply lifting tool, motor axis 1, 4, 5 to the motor. Art. no. is specified in
Required equipment  on
page 278!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   279

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 281/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.1. Replacement of motor, axis 1

Step Action Note/Illustration


6. In order to release the brakes, connect the 24 VDC Connect to connector
power supply. R2.MP1
• +: pin 2
• -: pin 5
7. Remove the motor by unscrewing its four attachment Shown in the figure Location
screws and plain washers. of motor  on page 278!
8. If required, press the motor out of position by fitting Art. no. is specified in
removal tool, motor to the motor attachment screw Required equipment  on
holes. page 278!
Always use the removal
tools in pairs!
9.

Caution!
The motor weighs 25 kg! All lifting equipment used
must be dimensioned accordingly!
10. Lift the motor to get the pinion away from the gear and
disconnect the brake release voltage.
11. Remove the motor by gently lifting it straight up.

Refitting, motor
The procedure below details how to refit motor, axis 1.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic
pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Make sure the o-ring on the circumference of the Art no. is specified in
motor is seated properly. Lightly lubricate the o-ring Required equipment  on
with grease. page 278!
3.

Caution!
The motor weighs 25 kg! All lifting equipment used
must be dimensioned accordingly!
4. Apply the lifting tool, motor axis 1, 4, 5 to the motor. Art no. is specified in
Required equipment  on
page 278!

280   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 282/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.1. Replacement of motor, axis 1

 Step Action Note/Illustration


5. In order to release the brake, connect the 24 VDC Connect to connector
power supply. R2.MP1
• +: pin 2
• -: pin 5
6. Fit the motor, making sure the motor pinion is properly Make sure the motor is
mated to gearbox of axis 1. turned the right way, i.e.
connections forwards.
Make sure the motor pinion
does not get damaged!
7. Secure the motor with its four attachment screws and M10 x 40, tightening torque:
plain washers. 50 Nm.
8. Perform a leak-down test of the axis 1 gearbox. Detailed in section
Performing a leak-down test  
on page 196.
9. Disconnect the brake release voltage.
10. Reconnect all connectors beneath the motor cover.
11. Refit the cable gland cover at the cable exit with its Make sure the cover is
two attachment screws. tightly sealed!
12. Refit the motor cover with its four attachment screws. Make sure the cover is
tightly sealed!
13. Recalibrate the robot! Calibration is detailed in
separate calibration
manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are
specified in section

Document references 
Product manual,  in the
reference
information .

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   281

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 283/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.2. Replacement of motor axis 2

4.6.2. Replacement of motor axis 2

Location of motor
The motor, axis 2, is located on the left hand side of the manipulator as shown in the figure
below.

xx0200000169

 A Motor axis 2
 B Hole for lock screw
C Cable gland cover (located on the lower side of the motor)
D Motor attachment holes (4 pcs)

282   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 284/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.2. Replacement of motor axis 2

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Motor axis 2 (175/  3HAC 15882-2 Includes
2.55) • motor
• pinion
• o-ring 2152 2012-430
Motor axis 2 3HAC 15885-2 Includes
(125/3.2, 175/2.8, • motor
200/2.75, 225/2.55 • pinion
• o-ring 2152 2012-430
O-ring 2152 2012-430 Must be replaced when
reassembling motor!

Grease 3HAB 3537-1 For lubricating the o-ring.


Locking screw 3HAA 1001-266 M16 x 60
For securing the lower arm.
Removal tool, motor 3HAC 14631-1 Always use the removal tools
M12x in pairs!
Guide pins M10 x 3HAC 15521-2 For guiding the motor.
150 Guides are to be used in
pairs!
Lifting tool, motor ax 3HAC 15534-1
2, 3, 4
Power supply - 24 VDC, 1.5 A

For releasing the brakes.


Rotation tool 3HAC 17105-1 Used to rotate the motor
pinion when mating it to the
gear, when brakes are
released with 24VDC power
supply.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools
required. See required.
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step
instructions below.
Circuit diagram See chapter Circuit diagram  in
the Product manual,
reference information .

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   283

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 285/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.2. Replacement of motor axis 2

Removal, motor
The procedure below details how to remove the motor, axis 2.

Step Action Note


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Run the manipulator to a position close Shown in the figure Location of
enough to its calibration position, to allow the motor  on page 282!
lock screw to be inserted into the hole for lock
screw.
3. Lock the lower arm by inserting the lock screw   Art. no. is specified in Required
into the hole. equipment  on page 283!
4. Drain the oil from gearbox, axis 2. Detailed in section Oil change,
gearbox axis 2  on page 160.
5. Remove the cover on top of the motor by
unscrewing its four attachment screws.
6. Remove the cable gland cover  at the cable Shown in the figure Location of
exit by unscrewing its two attachment screws. motor  on page 282!
Make sure the gasket is not
damaged!
7. Disconnect all connectors beneath the motor
cover.
8. In order to release the brake, connect the 24 Connect to connector R2.MP2
VDC power supply. • +: pin 2
• -: pin 5
9. Remove the motor by unscrewing its four
attachment screws and plain washers.
10. Fit the two guide pins in two of the motor Art. no. is specified in Required
attachment holes. equipment  on page 283!
Shown in the figure Location of
motor  on page 282!
11. If required, press the motor out of position by Art. no. is specified in Required
fitting the removal tool, motor to the remaining equipment  on page 283!
motor attachment holes. Shown in the figure Location of
motor  on page 282!
Always use the removal tools in
pairs!
12. Remove the removal tools and fit the lifting Art. no. is specified in Required
tool, motor axis 2, 3, 4 to the motor. equipment  on page 283!

284   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 286/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.2. Replacement of motor axis 2

Step Action Note


13.

Caution!
The motor weighs 27 kg! All lifting equipment
used must be dimensioned accordingly!
14. Lift the motor to get the pinion away from the Make sure the motor pinion does
gear. not get damaged!
15. Remove the motor by gently lifting it straight
out and place it on a secure surface.
Disconnect the brake release voltage.

Refitting, motor
The procedure below details how to refit the motor axis 2.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!

Turn off all pressure


pneumatic electric power, hydraulic
supplies and
to the robot!
2. Make sure the o-ring on the Art. no. is specified in Required
circumference of the motor is seated equipment  on page 283!
properly. Lightly lubricate the o-ring with
grease.
3. In order to release the brake, remove the Connect to connector R2.MP2
cover on top of the motor and connect the • +: pin 2
24 VDC power supply. • -: pin5
4. Fit the lifting tool, motor axis 2, 3, 4 to the  Art. no. is specified in Required
motor. equipment  on page 283!
5. Fit the two guide pins in the two lower Art. no. is specified in Required
motor attachment holes. equipment  on page 283!
Shown in the figure Location of motor  on
page 282!
6.

Caution!
The motor weighs 27 kg! All lifting
equipment used must be dimensioned
accordingly!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   285

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 287/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.2. Replacement of motor axis 2

 Step Action Note/Illustration


7. Lift the motor and guide it on to the guide
pins, as close to the correct position as
possible without pushing the motor pinion
into the gear.
See that the motor is turned the right
direction, i.e. the cables facing
downwards.
8. Remove the lifting tool and allow the motor
to rest on the guide pins.
9. Use the rotation tool  in order to rotate the Art. no. is specified in Required
motor pinion when mating it to the gear equipment  on page 283!
(see figure beside). Fit the motor, making
sure the motor pinion is properly mated to
the gear of gearbox axis 2 and that it
doesn´t get damaged.

xx0200000165

The rotation tool is used beneath the


motor cover, directly on the motor shaft
as shown in figure above.
• A: Rotation tool
10. Remove the guide pins.
11. Secure the motor with four attachment M10 x 40, tightening torque: 50 Nm.
screws and plain washers. Reused screws may be used, providing
they are lubricated as detailed in section
Screw joints  in the Product manual,
reference information  before fitting.
12. Disconnect the brake release voltage.
13. Reconnect all connectors beneath the Connect in accordance with markings
motor cover. on connectors.
14. Refit the cable gland cover at the cable Shown in the figure Location of motor  on

exit with its two attachment screws. page 282!


15. Refit the cover on top of the motor with its Make sure the cover is tightly sealed!
four attachment screws.
16. Remove the lock screw from the hole for Shown in the figure Location of motor  on
lock screw. page 282!
17. Perform a leak down test. Detailed in Performing a leak-down test  
on page 196.
18. Refill the gearbox with oil. Detailed in section Oil change, gearbox
axis 2  on page 160.
19. Recalibrate the robot. Calibration is detailed in separate
calibration manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are specified in
section Document references  in the
Product manual, reference information .

286   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 288/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.2. Replacement of motor axis 2

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:

• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   287

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 289/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.3. Replacement of motor, axis 3

4.6.3. Replacement of motor, axis 3

Location of motor
The motor axis 3 is located on the left hand side of the robot as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000186

 A Motor axis 3
B Cable gland cover, motor axis 3
C Motor attachment holes (4 pcs)

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Motor axis 3 (175/2.55) 3HAC 15882-2 Includes
• motor
• pinion
• o-ring 2152 2012-430
Motor axis 3 3HAC 15885-2 Includes
(125/3.2, 175/2.8, 225/  • motor
2.55, 200/2.75) • pinion
• o-ring 2152 2012-430
O-ring 2152 2012-430 Must be replaced when
reassembling motor!
Grease 3HAB 3537-1 For lubricating the o-ring.
Removal tool, motor 3HAC 14631-1 Always use the removal tools
M12x in pairs!

288   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 290/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.3. Replacement of motor, axis 3

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Mech stop ax 3 3HAC 12708-1 May be used to fix axis 3.
Use attachment screws 3HAB
3409-86 (M16 x 60).
Washers for mech stop 3HAA 1001-186
axis 3
Guide pins M10 x 100 3HAC 15521-1 For guiding the motor.
Guide pins M10 x 150 3HAC 15521-2 For guiding the motor.
Rotation tool 3HAC 17105-1 Used to rotate the motor
pinion when mating it to the
gear, when brakes are
released with 24 VDC power
supply.
Power supply - 24 VDC, max. 1.5 A

For releasing the brakes.


Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools
required. See required.
references to these
procedures in the step-
by-step instructions
below.
Circuit Diagram See chapter Circuit diagram  in
the Product manual,
reference information .

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   289

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 291/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.3. Replacement of motor, axis 3

Removal, motor
The procedure below details how to remove motor, axis 3.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Unload the upper arm of the robot by either:
• Use a fork lift to rest the upper arm onto.
• Use lifting slings and an overhead crane
to rest the upper arm.
• Use a mechanical stop to rest the upper
arm. Fit the mechanical stop in the
attachment hole (A) with tightening
torque: 115 Nm.
The upper arm must be positioned as horizontal
as possible!
xx0300000051

Fit the mechanical stop to the third


and final attachment hole (A),
below the fixed stop (B) in the
upper arm. See the figure above!
3. Drain the oil from gearbox axis 3. Detailed in section Oil change,
gearbox, axis 3  on page 164.
4. Remove any equipment hindering access to
motor axis 3.
5. Remove the cover on top of the motor by
unscrewing its four attachment screws.
6. Remove the cable gland cover at the cable exit Shown in the figure Location of
by unscrewing its two securing screws. motor  on page 288!
Make sure the gasket is not
damaged!

7. Disconnect
cover. all connectors beneath the motor

8. Release the brake by connecting the 24 VDC Connect to connector R2.MP3


power supply. • +: pin 2
Make sure the weight of the complete upper arm • -: pin 5
rests safely on the mechanical stops, the fork lift
or the lifting slings before removing the motor.
9. Unscrew the motors four attachment screws Shown in the figure Location of
and plain washers . motor  on page 288!
10. Fit the two guide pins in two of the motor Art. no. is specified in Required
attachment screw holes. equipment  on page 288!

290   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 292/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.3. Replacement of motor, axis 3

Step Action Note/Illustration


11. Press the motor out of position by fitting Art. no. is specified in Required
removal tool, motor to the remaining motor equipment  on page 288!
attachment screw holes. Always use the removal tools in
pairs!
12. Apply the lifting tool, motor axis 2 ,3, 4 to the Art. no. is specified in Required
motor. equipment  on page 288!
13.

Caution!
The motor weighs 27 kg! All lifting equipment
used must be dimensioned accordingly!

14. Lift the motor to get the pinion away from the
gear.
15. Remove the motor by gently lifting it straight out Make sure the motor pinion is not
and disconnect the brake release voltage. damaged!

Refitting, motor
The procedure below details how to refit motor, axis 3.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Make sure the o-ring on the circumference Art no. is specified in Required
of the motor is seated properly. Lightly equipment  on page 288!
lubricate it with grease .
3. Fit the lifting tool, motor axis 2, 3, 4 to the Art no. is specified in Required
motor. equipment  on page 288!

4. Fit the two guide pins in the two lower Art no. is specified in Required
motor attachment holes. equipment  on page 288!
Shown in the figure Location of motor  
on page 288!
5.

Caution!
The motor weighs 27 kg! All lifting equipment
used must be dimensioned accordingly!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   291

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 293/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.3. Replacement of motor, axis 3

Step Action Note/Illustration


6. Lift the motor and guide it onto the guide
pins, as close to the correct position as
possible without pushing the motor pinion
into the gear.
7. Remove the lifting tool and allow the motor
stay on the guide pins.
8. In order to release the brake, connect the 24 Connect to connector R2.MP3
VDC power supply. • +: pin 2
• -: pin 5
9. Use the rotation tool in order to rotate the Art no. is specified in Required
motor pinion when mating it to the gear! equipment  on page 288!
Fit the motor, making sure the motor pinion Make sure the motor pinion does not
is properly mated to the gear of gearbox, get damaged!
axis 3. Make sure the motor is turned the
right direction, i.e. the cables facing
forwards.

xx0200000165

The rotation tool is used beneath the


motor cover, directly on the motor
shaft as shown in figure above.
• A: Rotation tool.
10. Remove the guide pins.
11. Secure the motor with four attachment 4 pcs: M10 x 40, tightening torque: 50
screws and plain washers. Nm.
12. Disconnect the brake release voltage.
13. Reconnect all connectors beneath the motor Connect in accordance with markings
cover. on connectors.
14. Refit the cable gland cover at the cable exit Make sure the cover is tightly sealed!
with its two attachment screws. Shown in the figure Location of motor  
on page 288!
15. Refit the cover on top of the motor with its Make sure the cover is tightly sealed!
four attachment screws.
16. Remove the equipment used to unload the
upper arm.
17. Perform a leak-down test. Detailed in section Performing a leak- 
down test  on page 196.
18. Refill the gearbox with oil. Detailed in section Oil change,
gearbox, axis 3 
 on page 164.

292   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 294/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.3. Replacement of motor, axis 3

 Step Action Note/Illustration


19. Recalibrate the robot! Calibration is detailed in separate
calibration manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are specified
in section Document references  in the
Product manual, reference
information .

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   293

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 295/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.4. Replacement of motor, axis 4

4.6.4. Replacement of motor, axis 4

Location of motor
The motor axis 4 is located on the left hand side of the upper arm as shown in the figure below.

xx0200000202

A Motor, axis 4
B Cable gland cover, motor axis 4
C Motor attachment holes (4 pcs)

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Motor axis 4 (175/2.55) 3HAC 15887-2 Includes
• motor
• pinion

• o-ring 2152 2012-430.


Motor axis 4 3HAC 15889-2 Includes
(125/3.2, 175/2.8, 225/  • motor
2.55, 200/2.75) • pinion
• o-ring 2152 2012-430.
O-ring 2152 2012-430 Must be replaced when
reassembling motor!
Grease 3HAC 3537-1 Used to lubricate the o-ring.
Removal tool, motor 3HAC 14972-1 Always use the removal tools
M10x in pairs!
Guide pins M8 x 100 3HAC 15520-1 For guiding the motor.

Guide pins M8 x 150 3HAC 15520-2 For guiding the motor.

294   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 296/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.4. Replacement of motor, axis 4

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Rotation tool 3HAC 17105-1 Used to rotate the motor
pinion when mating it to the
gear, when brakes are
released with 24 VDC power
supply.
Power supply - 24 VDC, max. 1,5 A
For releasing the brakes.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools
required. See required.
references to these
procedures in the step-
by-step instructions
below.
Circuit Diagram See chapter Circuit diagram  
in the Product manual,
reference information .

Removal, motor
The procedure below details how to remove the motor, axis 4.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic
pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Run the robot to a position where the upper arm is Draining of oil is described in
pointed straight up. section Draining, oil  on page
This position enables the motor to be replaced 168.
without draining the gear oil, which in turn saves time.
Any other position of the upper arm requires a
draining of oil from the gearbox for axis 4.
3. Remove the cable gland cover at the cable exit of the Shown in the figure Location
motor by unscrewing its two attachment screws. of motor  on page 294!
Make sure the gasket is not
damaged!

4. Remove the cover on top of the motor by unscrewing


its four attachment screws.
5. Disconnect all connectors beneath the motor cover.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   295

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 297/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.4. Replacement of motor, axis 4

Step Action Note/Illustration


6. In order to release the brake, connect the 24 VDC Connect to connector
power supply. R2.MP4
• +: pin 2
• -: pin 5
7. Unscrew the motors four attachment screws and Shown in the figure Location
plain washers. of motor  on page 294!
8. Fit the two guide pins, M8 in two of the motor
attachment screw holes.
9. If required, press the motor out of position by fitting Art. no. is specified in
removal tool, motor M10 to the motor attachment Required equipment  on
screw holes. page 294!
Always use the removal
tools in pairs!
10. Lift the motor to get the pinion away from the gear and
disconnect the brake release voltage.
11. Remove the motor by gently lifting it straight out. Make sure the motor pinion
is not damaged!

Refitting, motor
The procedure below details how to refit motor, axis 4.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Make sure the o-ring on the Art. no. is specified in Required
circumference of the motor is seated equipment  on page 294!
properly. Lightly lubricate the o-ring with
grease.
3. In order to release the brakes, connect the Connect to connector R2.MP4:
24 VDC power supply. • +: pin 2
• -: pin 5
4. Fit the two guide pins, M8 in two of the Art. no. is specified in Required
motor attachment holes. equipment  on page 294!
Shown in the figure Location of motor  
on page 294!
5. Fit the motor, with guidance of the pins, Make sure the motor pinion does not
making sure the motor pinion is properly get damaged!
mated to the gear of gearbox 4.

296   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 298/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.4. Replacement of motor, axis 4

Step Action Note/Illustration


6. Use the rotation tool in order to rotate the Art. no. is specified in Required
motor pinion when mating it to the gear! equipment  on page 294!
Fit the motor, making sure the motor pinion Make sure the motor pinion does not
is properly mated to the gear, axis 4. get damaged!
Make sure the motor is turned the right
direction, i.e. the cables facing
forwards.

xx0200000165

The rotation tool is used beneath the


motor cover, directly on the motor shaft
as shown in figure above.
• A: Rotation tool.
7. Remove the guide pins.
8. Secure the motor with four attachment 4 pcs: M8 x 25, tightening torque: 24
screws and plain washers. Nm.
9. Disconnect the brake release voltage.
10. Reconnect all connectors beneath the
motor cover.
11. Refit the cover on top of the motor with its Make sure the cover is tightly sealed!
four attachment screws.
12. Refit the cable gland cover at the cable Shown in the figure Location of motor  
exit with its two attachment screws. on page 294!
13. Perform a leak-down test if gearbox has Detailed in section Performing a leak- 
been drained. down test  on page 196.
14. Refill the gearbox with oil if drained. Detailed in section Filling, oil  on page
169.
15. Recalibrate the robot! Calibration is detailed in separate
calibration manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are specified in
section Document references  in the
Product manual, reference information .

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   297

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 299/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.4. Replacement of motor, axis 4

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:

• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

298   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 300/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.5. Replacement of motor, axis 5

4.6.5. Replacement of motor, axis 5

Reused pinion
The pinion in the motor, axis 5, is matched with the beveral gear for axis 5. When the motor
is replaced the pinion must therefor be removed from the dismounted motor and fitted onto
the new motor shaft as detailed in this section.

Location of motor
The motor axis 5 is located inside the upper arm tube, but attached to the wrist unit, as shown
in the figure below.
A more detailed view of the component and its position may be found in chapter Exploded
views in the Product manual, reference information .

xx0200000204

 A Motor, axis 5
B Upper arm tube
C Wrist unit

Required equipment

Spare part
Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note
no.
Motor axis 5 (175/2.55) 3HAC 17484-7 Does not include pinion. Use
the pinion from the motor to be
replaced.
Includes o-ring 2152 2012-430.
Motor axis 5 3HAC 17484-10 Does not include pinion. Use
(125/3.2, 200/2.75, the pinion from the motor to be
175/2.8, 225/2.55) replaced.
Includes o-ring 2152 2012-430.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   299

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 301/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.5. Replacement of motor, axis 5

Spare part
Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note
no.
Set of shim, motor 3HAC 7941-28 Used to obtain the correct
distance between motor flange
and outer surface of motor
pinion.
O-ring 2152 2012-430 Must be replaced when
reassembling motor!
Grease 3HAC 3537-1 For lubricating the o-ring.
Isopropanol 1177 1012-208 For cleaning motor pinion and
motor pinion hole.
Mineral oil CS 320 For lubrication of pinion shaft
and pinion hole.
Removal tool, motor 3HAC 14972-1 Always use the removal tools in
M10x pairs!
Oil injector / max 500 3HAC 021590- For pressing out the pinion,
MPa 001 motor 5.
Motor press pinion 3HAC 021883- For pressing the pinion on to
001 the new motor.
Measuring tool 6896 134-GN
Guide pins M8 x 100 3HAC 15520-1 For guiding the motor.
Guide pins M8 x 150 3HAC 15520-2 For guiding the motor.
Power supply - 24 VDC, 1.5 A
For releasing the brakes.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in

ProductStandard
section toolkit  in the
manual, reference
information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools required.
required. See
references to these
procedures in the step-
by-step instructions
below.
Circuit Diagram See chapter Circuit diagram  in
the Product manual, reference
information .

300   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 302/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.5. Replacement of motor, axis 5

Removal, motor
The procedure below details how to remove motor, axis 5.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Drain the oil from gearbox axis 5. Detailed in section Oil change,
gearbox, axis 5  on page 170.
3. Remove the wrist unit. Detailed in section Removal, wrist
unit  on page 226.
4. Place the wrist unit safely on a workbench, in
a fixture or similar.
5. Remove the cover on top of the motor by
unscrewing its four attachment screws.
6. Remove the cable gland cover at the cable
exit by unscrewing its two attachment screws.
7. Disconnect all connectors beneath the motor
cover and remove the separate cable of the
axis 5 motor.

8. In order to release the brake, connect the 24 Connect to either:


VDC power supply. - connector R4.MP5 (in the motor):
• + : pin 2
• - : pin 5
- connector R3.MP5 (on the
separate cable, if not removed):
• +: pin C
• -: pin D
9. Remove the motor by unscrewing its four
attachment screws and plain washers.
10. Fit the two guide pins in two of the motor Art. no. is specified in Required
attachment screw holes. equipment  on page 299!
11. If required, press the motor out of position by Art. no. is specified in Required
fitting removal tool, motor, M10  to the motor equipment  on page 299!
attachment screw holes. Always use the removal tools in pairs
and diagonally!
12. Lift the motor to get the pinion away from the Make sure the motor pinion is not
gear and disconnect the brake release damaged!
voltage.
13. Remove the motor by gently lifting it straight Keep track of the shims between the
out. motor flange and the wrist housing.
14. Measure the distance between the motor Art. no. is specified in Required
flange, included eventual shims, and the equipment  on page 299!
outer surface of the pinion, with measuring
tool. Make a note of the distance.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   301

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 303/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.5. Replacement of motor, axis 5

Step Action Note/Illustration


15. Press out the pinion from the dismounted Replacing the complete wrist unit is
motor, with the equipment included in the oil detailed in section Replacement of
injector  kit. complete wrist unit  on page 225. Art.
Note! If the pinion is damaged the complete no. is specified in Required
wrist unit must be replaced! equipment  on page 299.

Refitting, motor
The procedure below details how to refit motor, axis 5.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Make sure the o-ring on the circumference of Art. no. is specified in Required
the motor is seated properly. Lightly lubricate equipment  on page 299!
the o-ring with grease.
3. Clean the motor pinion and the motor pinion Art. no. is specified in Required
hole in the motor, with isopropanol. equipment  on page 299!
Note!If the pinion is damaged the complete Replacing the complete wrist unit is
wrist unit must be replaced! detailed in section Replacement of
complete wrist unit  on page 225.
4. Apply a thin film of mineral oil to the pinion Art. no. is specified in Required
shaft and the pinion hole in order to make the equipment  on page 299!
pinion run smoothly and to achieve an even
friction torque when assembling the pinion.
5. Place the motor and pinion in the press Art. no. is specified in Required
fixture . equipment  on page 299!
6. Press the pinion onto the new motor and If the pressing force is outside the
check the pressing force. given range or if the pinion "jumps"
For an axis diameter of 15.5 mm, use min. in bit by bit, it must be dismounted,
pressing force: 18.5 kN and max. pressing checked, cleaned and oiled before it
is assembled once again!
force: 39.5 kN.
7. Measure the distance between the motor Art. no. is specified in Required
flange and the outer surface of the pinion with equipment  on page 299.
the measuring tool.
Modify the distance with shims  in order to
obtain the same distance as measured when
dismounting the old motor (+ 0-0,05 mm).

302   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 304/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.5. Replacement of motor, axis 5

Step Action Note/Illustration


8. In order to release the brake, connect the 24 Connect to either:
VDC power supply. - connector R4.MP5 (in the motor):
• +: pin 2
• -: pin 5
- connector R3.MP5 (on the
separate cable, if not removed):
• +: pin C
• - : pin D
9. Fit the two guide pins in two of the motor Art. no. is specified in Required
attachment holes. equipment  on page 299!
10. Fit the motor, with guidance from the pins, Make sure the motor pinion does not
making sure the motor pinion is properly get damaged!
mated to the gear of axis 5.

11. Secure thewashers.


and plain motor with four attachment screws 4 pcs: M8 x 25; tightening torque: 24
Nm.
12. Disconnect the brake release voltage.
13. Refit the separate cable of the axis 5 motor
and reconnect all connectors beneath the
motor cover.
14. Refit the cable gland cover at the cable exit
with its two attachment screws.
15. Refit the cover on top of the motor with its four Make sure the cover is tightly
attachment screws. sealed!
16. Perform a leak-down test. Detailed in section Performing a
leak-down test  on page 196.
17. Refit the wrist unit. Detailed in section Refitting, wrist
unit  on page 228.
18. Refill the gear with oil. Detailed in section Oil change,
gearbox, axis 5  on page 170.
19. Recalibrate the robot. Calibration is detailed in separate
calibration manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are
specified in section Document
references  in the Product manual,
reference information .

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   303

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 305/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.6. Replacement of motor, axis 6

4.6.6. Replacement of motor, axis 6

Location of motor
The motor axis 6 is located in the center of the wrist unit as shown in the figure below.
A more detailed view of the component and its position may be found in chapter  Exploded
views in the Product manual, reference information.

xx0200000222

A Wrist unit
B Motor, axis 6

304   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 306/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.6. Replacement of motor, axis 6

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Motor axis 6 (175/2.55) 3HAC 15990-4 Includes
• motor
• pinion
• o-ring 2152 2012-430
Motor axis 6 3HAC 15991-4 Includes
(125/3.2, 200/2.75, • motor
175/2.8, 225/2.55) • pinion
• o-ring 2152 2012-430
O-ring 2152 2012-430 Must be replaced when
reassembling motor!

Removal tool, motor 3HAC 14972-1 Always use the removal tools
M10x in pairs!
Guide pins M8 x 100 3HAC 15520-1 For guiding the motor.
Guide pins M8 x 150 3HAC 15520-2 For guiding the motor.
Power supply - 24 VDC, 1.5 A
For releasing the brakes.
Grease 3HAB 3537-1 For lubricating the o-ring.
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !

Other tools and


procedures may be These procedures
references include
to the tools
required. See required.
references to these
procedures in the step-
by-step instructions
below.
Circuit Diagram See chapter Circuit diagram  in
the Product manual, reference
information .

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   305

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 307/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.6.6. Replacement of motor, axis 6

Removal, motor
The procedure below details how to remove the motor, axis 6.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Run the robot to a position where the motor in axis
6 is pointed straight up. This position enables the
motor to be replaced without draining the gear oil,
which in turn saves time.
3. Remove the rear motor cover by unscrewing the
six attachment screws.
4. Disconnect all connectors beneath the cover.
5. In order to release the brake, connect the 24 VDC Connect to connector R3.MP6
power supply. • +: pin 2
• -: pin 5
6. Remove the motor by unscrewing its four
attachment screws and plain washers.
7. If required, press the motor out of position by fitting Art. no. is specified in Required
removal tool, motor to the motor attachment equipment  on page 305!
screw holes. Always use the removal tools in
pairs!
8. Lift the motor carefully to get the pinion away from Make sure the motor pinion is
the gear and disconnect the brake release voltage. not damaged!
9. Remove the motor by gently lifting it straight out.

Refitting, motor
The procedure below details how to refit motor, axis 6.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Make sure the o-ring on the circumference of Art. no. is specified in Required
the motor is seated properly. Lightly lubricate equipment  on page 305!
the o-ring with grease.

306   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 308/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.6.6. Replacement of motor, axis 6

Step Action Note/Illustration


3. In order to release the brake, connect the 24 Connect to connector R3.MP6
VDC power supply. • +: pin 2
• -: pin 5
4. Fit the two guide pins in two of the motor Art. no. is specified in Required
attachment holes. equipment  on page 305!
5. Fit the motor, with guidance from the pins, Make sure the pinion on the motor
making sure the motor pinion is properly shaft is not damaged!
mated to the gear of gearbox, axis 6.
6. Remove the guide pins.
7. Secure the motor with its four attachment 4 pcs: M8 x 25, tightening torque: 24
screws and plain washers. Nm.
8. Disconnect the brake release voltage.
9. Reconnect all connectors beneath the motor
cover.
10. Refit the cover on top of the motor with its six Make sure the cover is tightly
attachment screws. sealed!
11. Perform a leak-down test. Detailed in section Performing a
leak-down test  on page 196.
12. Recalibrate the robot. Calibration is detailed in separate
calibration manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are
specified in section Document
references  in the Product manual,
reference information .

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   307

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 309/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.1. Replacement of gearbox, axis 1

4.7 Gearboxes

4.7.1. Replacement of gearbox, axis 1

Location of gearbox
The axis 1 gearbox is located between the frame and base as shown in the figure below.
A more detailed view of the component and its position may be found in chapter  Exploded
views in the Product manual, reference information.

xx0300000015

A Gearbox, axis 1
B Frame
C Base
- Attachment screws, gearbox axis 1 (not shown in figure)

308   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 310/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.1. Replacement of gearbox, axis 1

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Gearbox axis 1 3HAC 10828-8 Includes:
• gearbox
• all o-rings and sealing
rings
O-ring 3HAB 3772-54 Replace only when damaged!
O-ring 3HAB 3772-55 Replace only when damaged!
Sealing ring 3HAC 11581-4 Replace only when damaged!
Grease 3HAC 3537-1 For lubricating the o-rings.
Support, base 3HAC 15535-1
Lifting device, base 3HAC 15560-1
Lifting tool (chain) 3HAC 15556-1
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools required.
required. See
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step
instructions below.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   309

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 311/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.1. Replacement of gearbox, axis 1

Removal, gearbox axis 1


The procedure below details how to remove gearbox, axis 1.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic
and pneumatic pressure supplies to
the robot!
2. Move the robot to its most stable
position, shown in the figure to the
right.

xx0300000022

3. Drain the oil from gearbox 1.


4. Disconnect all cabling in the rear of
the manipulator base and remove the
cable support plate inside of the base.
5. Pull the disconnected cabling up
through the center of gearbox 1.
6. Remove the complete arm system. Detailed in section Removal, arm system  on
page 217.
7. Remove the manipulator’s attachment
screws to unfasten the base from the
foundation.
8. Attach the lifting device, base and Art. no. is specified in Required equipment  
gear 1 and the lifting tool (chain) , to on page 309!
the gearbox.
9.

Caution!
The base (without gearbox 1) weighs
263 kg! All lifting equipment used must
be dimensioned accordingly!

310   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 312/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.1. Replacement of gearbox, axis 1

Step Action Note/Illustration


10. Lift the manipulator base to allow Art. no. is specified in Required equipment  
fitting the support, base and gear 1 on page 309!
on each sides of the base.
11. Fit the support, base.
Make sure the base remains in a
stable position before performing any
work underneath the base!
12. Remove the bottom plate from
underneath the base in order to get
access to the attachment screws. It
may be necessary to also remove the
rear connector plate.

xx0300000612

• A: Bottom plate
• B: Rear connector plate
• C: Attachment screw
• D: Groove
13. Unscrew the 18 attachment screws
and remove the 3 washers, shown in
the figure to the right.

xx0200000227

A view from below:


• A: Oil drain hose

• B: Attachment
1, 18 pcs screws, gearbox axis
• C: Washers, 3 pcs

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   311

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 313/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.1. Replacement of gearbox, axis 1

Step Action Note/Illustration


14. Remove the cable guide in the center
of gearbox 1 by unscrewing its
attachment screws.

xx0200000256

• A: Location for attachment screws,


cable guide (cable guide removed in
the figure)
15.

Caution!
The gearbox weighs 160 kg! All lifting
equipment used must be dimensioned
accordingly!
16. Lift the gearbox away with the already
mounted lifting tools.

Refitting, gearbox axis 1


The procedure below details how to refit gearbox, axis 1.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. If the base is not supported with support, Mounting of the support, base and gear
base and gear 1, this should be done first. 1 is detailed in section Removal,
gearbox axis 1 on page 310.

312   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 314/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.1. Replacement of gearbox, axis 1

Step Action Note/Illustration


3. Make sure the two o-rings (C, D) on the Art no. is specified in Required
circumference of the gearbox are seated equipment  on page 309!
properly in their grooves respectively.
Lubricate them with grease .
Make sure the small o-ring around the oil
hole is fitted properly!

xx0200000055

• A: Guide pin
• C: O-ring 3HAB 3772-54
• D: O-ring 3HAB 3772-55
• E: Sealing ring 3HAC 11581-4
4. Refit the cable guide in the center of
gearbox 1 with its attachment screws.

xx0200000256

• A: Location for attachment


screws, cable guide (cable guide
removed in figure)
5. Fit the lifting device, base and the lifting Art no. is specified in Required
tool (chain) to the gearbox. equipment  on page 309!
6.

Caution!
The gearbox weighs 160 kg! All lifting
equipment used must be dimensioned
accordingly!
7. Lift the gearbox to its mounting position in
the center of the base.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   313

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 315/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.1. Replacement of gearbox, axis 1

Step Action Note/Illustration


8. Make sure the guide pin in the bottom face Shown in the figure xx0200000055
of the gearbox is properly aligned with the above!
base.
9. Secure the gearbox and the three washers 18 pcs, M16 x 70, 12.9 quality
with the 18 attachment screws, gearbox UNBRAKO, tightening torque: 300 Nm.
axis 1 . Reused screws may be used, providing
they are lubricated as detailed in section
Screw joints  in the Product manual,
reference information  before fitting.

xx0200000227

A view from below:


• A: Oil drain hose
• B: Attachment screws, gearbox
axis 1, 18 pcs
• C: Washers, 3 pcs

10. Refit the bottom plate underneath the 1 screw: M6 x 8.


manipulator base by pushing it into the
groove and fitting the attachment screw.
Note!Direct the bends on the plate
downwards!
If removed, also refit the rear connector
plate.

xx0300000612

• A: Bottom plate
• B: Rear connector plate
• C: Attachment screw
• D: Groove
11.

Caution!
The base (without gearbox 1) weighs 263
kg! All lifting equipment
dimensioned used must be
accordingly!

314   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 316/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.1. Replacement of gearbox, axis 1

Step Action Note/Illustration


12. Lift the manipulator base and gearbox 1 to
allow removing the support, base and
gear.
13. Secure the base to the mounting site. Detailed in section Orienting and
securing the robot  on page 74.
14. Refit the complete arm system. Detailed in section Refitting, arm
system  on page 218.
This is a complex task to be performed
with utmost care in order to avoid injury
or damage!
15. Refit the cable support plate inside of the
base and reconnect the cabling in the rear
of the manipulator base.
16. Perform a leak-down test. Detailed in section Performing a leak- 
down test  on page 196.
17. Refill the gearbox with oil. Detailed in section Oil change, gearbox
axis 1 on page 156.
18. Recalibrate the robot. Calibration is detailed in separate
calibration manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are specified in
section Document references  in the
Product manual, reference information .

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   315

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 317/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.2. Replacement of gearbox axis 2

4.7.2. Replacement of gearbox axis 2

Different designs, cover axis 2


Between the axis 2 motor and gearbox there is a cover, that includes the motor attachment.
This cover exists in following designs:
• Design 1: attached directly to the gearbox, with the front attachment screws of the
gearbox.
• Design 2: attached directly to the frame. This design also includes an additional cover
that overlaps the motor attachment and is equipped with oil plugs.
• Design 3: attached directly to the frame.
The service work differ some between the designs. Be aware of the differences made in the
instruction.

Location of gearbox
The gearbox for axis 2 is located in the lower arm rotational center, underneath the cover.
The figure below shows design 2 of the cover.
A more detailed view of the component and its position may be found in chapter  Exploded
views in the Product manual, reference information.

xx0200000171

A Gearbox axis 2 (behind cover, not shown in figure )


B Attachment hole for locking screw, lower arm
C Attachment holes inside of frame for fixture, lower arm

316   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 318/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.2. Replacement of gearbox axis 2

D Attachment holes for fixture, lower arm


E Balancing device
F Motor axis 2
G Rear attachment screws, gearbox
H Attachment screws, cover
I Additional cover
J Cover, axis 2

Required equipment

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Gearbox axis 2 3HAC 021127-001 Includes
• gearbox
• o-ring.
Does not include "Sealing,
axis 2/3"!
O-ring 3HAB 3772-68 O-ring in gearbox, 1pc.
O-ring 3HAB 3772-68 O-rings in the additional
3HAB 3772-70 cover (design 2). Should
be replaced if damaged!
O-ring 3HAB 3772-69 O-ring in the cover, axis 2,
1 pc. Should be replaced if
damaged!
Sealing, axis 2/3 3HAC 17212-1 A new sealing must be
used on each assembly!
Grease 3HAB 3537-1 For lubricating o-rings.
Fixture lower arm 3HAC 020584-001
Lifting tool, gearbox 3HAC 13698-1
axis 2
Guide pins M12 x 3HAC 13056-2 For guiding the gearbox.
150
Guide pins M12 x 3HAC 13056-3 For guiding the gearbox.
200
Press tool, balancing 3HAC 020902-001
device

Hydraulic cylinder 3HAC 11731-1 To be used with the press


tool and the hydraulic
pump, when unloading the
balancing device.
Hydraulic pump, 80 3HAC 13086-1 To be used with the press
MPa tool and the hydraulic
cylinder, when unloading
the balancing device.
Guide pins, sealing 3HAC 14628-1 For guiding the sealing!
ax 2/3, 80mm
Guide pins, sealing 3HAC 14628-2 For guiding the sealing!
ax 2/3, 100mm

Gearbox crank 3HAC 16488-1 Used


correcttoposition.
turn the gear in

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   317

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 319/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.2. Replacement of gearbox axis 2

Equipment Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in
the Product manual,
reference information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools
required. See required.
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step
instructions below.

Removal, gearbox
The procedure below details how to remove the gearbox, axis 2.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic
pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Secure the lower arm with the special fixture
equipment according to section Securing the lower
arm  on page 251.
3. Unload the balancing device shaft by using the press Art. no. is specified in
tool, balancing device , according to section Required equipment  on
Unloading the balancing device  on page 271! page 317!
4. Drain the gearbox, axis 2. Notice! Time-consuming
activity!
Detailed in section Oil
change, gearbox axis 2  on
page 160.
5. Remove the motor, axis 2. Detailed in section Removal,
motor  on page 284.
6. Remove the rear attachment screws, gearbox  from Shown in the figure Location
inside of the lower arm. of gearbox  on page 316!
7. Remove the cover, axis 2 by unscrewing the Read more about the
• design 1: 24 front attachment screws, variations in design in
gearbox, shown in the figure below. section Different designs,
• design 2: 15 attachment screws, cover. cover axis 2  on page 316.
• design 3: 14 attachment screws, cover. Shown in the figure Location
of gearbox  on page 316!

318   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 320/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.2. Replacement of gearbox axis 2

 Step Action Note/Illustration


8. If the robot is equipped with the design 2 or 3 of the
cover; now remove the 24 front gearbox attachment
screws, shown in the figure to the right.

xx0200000172

• A: Front attachment
screws, gearbox (24
pcs)
• B: M12 holes for
pressing the gearbox
out
9. Fit two guide pins in 180° relation to each other in the Art. no. is specified in
empty holes of the front gearbox attachment screws. Required equipment  on
page 317!
10. If required, apply two M12 screws to the holes, shown
in the figure above, to press it free.

11. Fit the lifting tool, gearbox axis 2 to the gearbox. Art. no. is specified in
Required equipment  on
page 317!
12.

Caution!
The gearbox weighs 53 kg! All lifting equipment used
must be dimensioned accordingly!
13. Remove the gearbox axis 2 using an overhead crane
or similar, with guidance from the mounted guide
pins.
14. Remove the friction washer and clean it.
15. Remove the sealing from the lower arm.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   319

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 321/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.2. Replacement of gearbox axis 2

Refitting, gearbox
The procedure below details how to refit the gearbox axis 2.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic
pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Make sure the both o-rings are fitted to the gearbox Art. no. is specified in
as shown in the figure to the right. Lightly lubricate Required equipment  on
them with grease. page 317!

xx0200000173

• A: O-ring, gearbox
axis 2
3. Fit the lifting tool, gearbox axis 2 to the gearbox. Art. no. is specified in
Required equipment  on
page 317!

320   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 322/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.2. Replacement of gearbox axis 2

Step Action Note/Illustration


4. Fit the guide pins, sealing axis 2/3 to the rear of the
gearbox, axis 2.
Use the attachment holes shown in the figure to the
right!

xx0300000553

• A: Rear attachment
screws, gearbox (33
pcs)
• B: Holes for the guide
pins, sealing axis 2/3
on the gearbox
5. Fit the new sealing, axis 2/3 on to the guide pins on Art. no. is specified in
the gearbox. Required equipment  on
Note! Do not remove the guide pins for the sealing page 317!
until the rear attachment screws are secured.
6. Fit two guide pins, M12 in 180°relation to each other Art. no. is specified in
in the frame, in the screw holes for the gearboxes Required equipment  on
front attachment screws. page 317!
7. Fit the cleaned friction washer onto the guide pins,
M12.
8.

Caution!
The gearbox weighs 53 kg! All lifting equipment used
must be dimensioned accordingly!
9. Lift the gearbox to its mounting position and slide it
onto the guiding pins attached in the frame, through
the front attachment screw holes.
10. Align the gearbox attachment screw holes to the hole Art. no. is specified in
patterns in the lower arm, with help from the guide Required equipment  on
pins, sealing axis 2/3. page 317!
If necessary, use a gearbox crank to turn the gear!
Use the gearbox crank with caution! The gearbox
may be damaged if the crank is inserted too far into
the gear!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   321

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 323/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.2. Replacement of gearbox axis 2

Step Action Note/Illustration


11. Fit the gearbox with guidance from the guide pins and
slide it into position.
If necessary, use the front gearbox attachment
screws to press the gearbox into place.
12. Remove the lifting tool from the gearbox.
13. Design 1 of the cover, axis 2: Choose correct instruction
• Lift the cover and slide it on to the guide pins. depending on which cover
If necessary, use a plastic mallet to knock the the robot is equipped with.
cover into place. Read more about the
• Insert and secure 22 of the 24 front variations in Different
attachment screws, gearbox. designs, cover axis 2  on
page 316.
• Remove the guide pins, M12 and refit the two
remaining screws. Tightening torque: 115 Nm.
Shown in the figure
xx0200000166 above!
14. Design 2 and 3 of the cover, axis 2: Front attachment screws,
• Insert and secure 22 of the 24 front gearbox: 24 pcs: M12 x 60,
attachment screws, gearbox. tightening torque: 115 Nm.
• Remove the guide pins, M12 and refit the two Art. no. is specified in
remaining screws. Required equipment  on
• Lubricate the o-ring  at the sealing surface of page 317!
the cover. Replace it if damaged. Attachment screws, cover:
• Refit the cover by pressing it against the frame 15 pcs: M8 x 25, tightening
and refitting the attachment screws, cover. torque: 24 Nm.
Shown in the figure Location
of gearbox  on page 316.

15. Insert
screws,and secure
gearbox  31the
 on of the 33 rear
inside of theattachment
lower arm. Shown in the
of gearbox  pageLocation
 onfigure 316!
33 pcs: M12 x 50, 12.9
quality UNBRAKO,
tightening torque: 115 Nm.
Reused screws may be
used, providing they are
lubricated as detailed in
section Screw joints  in the
Product manual, reference
information  before fitting.
16. Remove the guide pins, sealing axis 2/3, and tighten
the two remaining screws as detailed above.
17. Refit the motor. Detailed in section Refitting,
motor  on page 285.
18. Perform a leak-down test. Detailed in section
Performing a leak-down test  
on page 196.
19. Refill the gearbox with oil. Detailed in section Oil
change, gearbox axis 2  on
page 160.
20. Restore the balancing device. Detailed in section Restoring
the balancing device  on
page 275!
21. Remove the fixture, lower arm.

322   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 324/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.2. Replacement of gearbox axis 2

 Step Action Note/Illustration


22. Remove the locking screw, lower arm, and re-attach
it to the fixture tool.
23. Refit any mechanical stops if such were removed
during disassembly.
24. Refit any equipment to the turning disk if such was
removed during disassambly.
25. Recalibrate the robot. Calibration is detailed in
separate calibration
manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are
specified in section
Document references  in the
Product manual, reference
information .

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   323

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 325/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.3. Replacement of gearbox, axis 3

4.7.3. Replacement of gearbox, axis 3

Location of gearbox
The axis 3 gearbox is located in the upper arm rotational center as shown in the figure below.
A more detailed view of the component and its position may be found in chapter  Exploded
views in the Product manual, reference information.

xx0200000194

A Gearbox, axis 3
B Motor, axis 3
C Upper arm
D Attachment screws, gearbox (24 pcs)

324   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 326/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.3. Replacement of gearbox, axis 3

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Gearbox axis 3 3HAC 021127-001 Includes
• gearbox
• o-ring.
Does not include the sealing,
axis 2/3!
O-ring 3HAB 3772-68 1 pc on the gearbox.
Grease 3HAB 3537-1 For lubricating the o-rings.
Sealing, axis 2/3 3HAC 17212-1 A new sealing must be used
on each assembly!
Mech stop ax 3 3HAC 12708-1 Used to secure the upper

arm.
3HABUse attachment
3409-86 (M16 xscrews
60).
Washers for mech 3HAA 1001-186
stop axis 3
Lifting eye M12 3HAC 14457-3
Guide pins M12 x 200 3HAC 13056-3 For guiding the gearbox.
Use guides in pairs!
Guide pins M12 x 250 3HAC 13056-4 For guiding the gearbox.
Use guides in pairs!
Guide pins, sealing 3HAC 14628-1 For guiding the sealing, axis
ax 2/3, 80mm 2/3.
Use guides in pairs!
Guide pins, sealing 3HAC 14628-2 For guiding the sealing, axis
ax 2/3, 100mm 2/3.
Use guides in pairs!
Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools
required. See required.
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step
instructions below.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   325

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 327/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.3. Replacement of gearbox, axis 3

Removal, gearbox
The procedure below details how to remove gearbox, axis 3.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Secure the upper arm in a horizontal position Art. no. is specified in Required
using a mechanical stop. equipment  on page 325.
Fit the mechanical stop to the third and final
attachment hole (A), below the fixed
mechanical stop (B) in the upper arm, shown in
the figure to the right.
Tightening torqure: 115 Nm.

xx0300000051

3. Remove the motor, axis 3. Detailed in section Removal, motor  


on page 290.
Note! When removing the motor
axis 3, the brake on axis 3 is
released. Make sure the upper arm
is secured and disabled to move!
4. Remove the upper arm. Detailed in sectionRemoval, upper
arm  on page 233.
5. Remove the sealing, axis 2/3 between On reassembly a new sealing must
gearbox and lower arm. be used!
6. Place the upper arm safely on a workbench, in
a fixture or similar.
7. Remove the attachment screws, gearbox. Shown in the figure Location of
gearbox  on page 324!
8. Fit the two guide pins, M12 in 180°relation to Art. no. is specified in Required
each other in the gearbox attachment screw equipment  on page 325!
holes.

326   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 328/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.3. Replacement of gearbox, axis 3

Step Action Note/Illustration


9. Fit the lifting eye, M12 to the gearbox, in one Art. no. is specified in Required
of the attachment screw holes that attaches the equipment  on page 325!
gearbox to the lower arm (position C in the
figure to the right).

xx0200000201

• A: M12 holes for pressing


the gearbox out
• B: Attachment screw holes,
gearbox - upper arm
• C: Attachment screw holes,
gearbox - lower arm
10. If required, apply M12 screws to the holes (A)
shown in the figure above to press the gearbox

free.
11.

Caution!
The gearbox weighs 60 kg! All lifting equipment
used must be dimensioned accordingly!
12. Remove the gearbox, with guidance from the
guide pins, using an overhead crane or similar.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   327

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 329/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.3. Replacement of gearbox, axis 3

Refitting, gearbox
The procedure below details how to refit gearbox, axis 3.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and pneumatic
pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Turn the upper arm in such a position that the gear
mating surface faces upwards.
3. Fit two guide pins in 180°relation to each other in the Art. no. is specified in
holes in the upper arm, used for the gearbox Required equipment  on
attachment screws. page 325!
4.

Caution!
The gearbox weighs 60 kg! All lifting equipment used
must be dimensioned accordingly!
5. Fit the lifting eye, M12 to the gearbox. Art. no. is specified in
Required equipment  on
page 325!
6. Make sure the o-rings are fitted to the gearbox. Art. no. is specified in
Apply grease to the o-rings to make sure they stick Required equipment  on
in their grooves during assembly. page 325!
Replace them if damaged!

xx0200000173

• A: O-rings, gearbox
axis 3

328   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 330/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.3. Replacement of gearbox, axis 3

Step Action Note/Illustration


7. Lift the gearbox to its mounting position.
8. Turn the gearbox to align the attachment screw holes
with those in the upper arm.
9. Fit the gearbox onto the guide pins and slide it into Make sure the o-rings are
position. seated properly and the
gearbox correctly oriented!
10. Remove the lifting tool.
11. Secure the gearbox with 22 of the 24 gearbox 24 pcs: M12 x 60.
attachment screws. Tightening torque: 115 Nm.
Remove the guide pins and tighten the remaining two Reused screws may be
screws. used, providing they are
lubricated as detailed in
section Screw joints  in the
Product manual, reference
information  before fitting.
12. Refit the upper arm with a new sealing, axis 2/3 . Art. no. is specified in
Required equipment  on
page 325!
Detailed in section Refitting,
upper arm  on page 235!
13. Refit the motor. Detailed in section Refitting,
motor  on page 291.
14. Remove the mechanical stop used to secure the
upper arm.
15. Recalibrate the robot! Calibration is detailed in
separate calibration
manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are
specified in section
Document references  in the
Product manual, reference
information .

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:
• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!

• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   329

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 331/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.4. Replacement of gearbox, axis 6

4.7.4. Replacement of gearbox, axis 6

Location of gearbox
The axis 6 gearbox is located in the center of the wrist unit as shown in the figure below.
The different robot versions result in two different designs of the gearbox.

xx0300000555

A Gearbox, axis 6
E Attachment screws and washers, gearbox for robot version IRB 6600 - 175/2.55
(8 pcs)

330   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 332/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.4. Replacement of gearbox, axis 6

xx0200000219

A Gearbox, axis 6
B Attachment screws and washers, gearbox for robot version IRB 6600 225/2.55
and 175/2.8, IRB 6650 125/3.2 and 200/2.75 (18 pcs)
C Oil plug, draining
D Oil plug, filling
- O-ring (not shown in figure)

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Gearbox axis 6 3HAC 10828-10 Includes o-ring 3HAB 3772-58.
(175/2.55)
Gearbox axis 6 3HAC 10828-13 Includes o-ring 3HAB 3772-57.
(125/3.2, 200/2.75,
175/2.8, 225/2.55)
Washers 3HAA 1001-172 Not included in gearbox!
Replace only when damaged!
O-ring 3HAB 3772-58 Must be replaced when
 /3HAB 3772-57 reassembling gearbox!
Grease 3HAB 3537-1 For lubricating o-ring.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   331

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 333/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.4. Replacement of gearbox, axis 6

Equipment, etc. Spare part no. Art. no. Note


Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in
section Standard toolkit  in the
Product manual, reference
information !
Other tools and These procedures include
procedures may be references to the tools required.
required. See
references to these
procedures in the
step-by-step
instructions below.

Removal, gearbox
The procedure below details how to remove gearbox, axis 6.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!
2. Drain the oil from gearbox, axis 6. Detailed in section Oil change, gearbox
axis 6  on page 173.
3. Remove the turning disk. Detailed in section Removal, turning
disk  on page 222.
4. Remove the gearbox by unscrewing its 8 Shown in the figure Location of gearbox  
or 18 attachment screws (amount on page 330!
depends on robot version).

332   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 334/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.4. Replacement of gearbox, axis 6

Step Action Note/Illustration


5. If required, apply M8 screws to the holes
shown in the figure beside to press the
gearbox out.
(not available in robot version 175/2.55)

xx0200000220

• A: M8 holes for pressing the


gearbox out
6. Remove the gearbox axis 6 by lifting it out Be careful not to damage the motor
carefully. pinion!

Refitting, gearbox
The procedure below details how to refit gearbox, axis 6.

Step Action Note/Illustration


1.

Danger!
Turn off all electric power, hydraulic and
pneumatic pressure supplies to the robot!

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   333

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 335/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.4. Replacement of gearbox, axis 6

 Step Action Note/Illustration


2. Make sure the o-ring is fitted to the rear of Art. no. is specified in Required
the gearbox. Lubricate the o-ring with equipment  on page 331!
grease.

xx0100000132

• A: O-ring, gearbox axis 6


3. Insert the gearbox, axis 6 into the wrist Art. no. is specified in Required
unit. equipment  on page 331!
Shown in the figure Location of
gearbox  on page 330!
Make sure the gears of the gearbox
mate with those of the motor!
4. Secure the gearbox with the attachment Shown in figure above!
screws and washers. 8 pcs or 18 pcs (depending on robot
version): M8 x 40, 12.9 quality
UNBRAKO, tightening torque: 30 Nm.
Reused screws may be used, providing
they are lubricated as detailed in
section Screw joints  in the Product
manual, reference information  before
fitting.
5. Refit the turning disk. Detailed in section Refitting, turning

disk  on page 223.


6. Perform a leak-down test. Detailed in section Performing a leak- 
down test  on page 196.
7. Refill the gearbox with oil. Detailed in section Oil change, gearbox
axis 6  on page 173.
8. Recalibrate the robot. Calibration is detailed in separate
calibration manuals.
Art. no. for the manuals are specified in
section Document references  in the
Product manual, reference information .

334   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 336/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 4 Repair
4.7.4. Replacement of gearbox, axis 6

DANGER!
When performing the first test run after a service activity (repair, installation or maintenance,
it is vital that:

• all the service tools and other foreign objects are removed from the manipulator!
• all normal safety equipment is installed properly, e.g. TPU enabling device.
• all personnel are standing at a safe distance from the manipulator, i.e. out of its reach
behind any safety fences, etc.
• special attention is paid to the function of the part previously serviced.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   335

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 337/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
4 Repair
4.7.4. Replacement of gearbox, axis 6

336   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 338/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 5 Calibration information
5.1. Introduction

5 Calibration information
5.1. Introduction

General
This chapter includes general information about different calibration methods and details also
procedures that does not require specific calibration equipment.
When the robot system must be recalibrated, it is done according to documentation enclosed
with the calibration tools.

When to calibrate
The system must be calibrated if any of the below occurs.

The resolver values are changed


If resolver values are changed, the robot must be recalibrated using the calibration methods
supplied from ABB. Calibrate the robot carefully with standard calibration. The different
methods are briefly described in section Calibration methods on page 338, and further
detailed in separate Calibration manuals.
If the robot has Absolute Accuracy calibration, it is also recommended but not always needed
to be calibrated for new Absolute Accuracy.
The resolver values will change when parts affecting the calibration position are replaced on
the robot, e.g. motors, wrist or part of transmission.

Contents of the revolution counter memory are lost


If the contents of the revolution counter memory are lost, the counters must be updated as
detailed in section Updating revolution counters on page 342. This will occur when:
• the battery is discharged
• a resolver error occurs
• the signal between a resolver and measurement board is interrupted
• a robot axis is moved with the control system disconnected
The revolution counters must also be updated after the robot and controller are connected at
the first installation.

The robot is rebuilt


If the robot has been rebuilt, e.g. after a crash or when the robot has been changed for other
reachability, it needs to be recalibrated for new resolver values.
If the robot has Absolute Accuracy calibration, it needs to be calibrated for new Absolute
Accuracy.

References
The article numbers for the Calibration manuals are listed in section Document references in
the Product manual (part 2 of 2), reference information. Article numbers for the calibration
tools are also listed in part 2 of the Product manual.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   337

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 339/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
5 Calibration information
5.2. Calibration methods

5.2. Calibration methods

Overview
This section specifies the different types of calibration and the calibration methods that are
supplied from ABB.

Types of calibration

Type of
Description Calibration method
calibration
Standard The calibrated robot is positioned at home Calibration Pendulum
calibration position, i.e. the axes positions (angles) are (standard method)
set to 0º. or

Standard calibration
calib.cfg, supplied data
with theisrobot
foundatindelivery.
the file Levelmeter
(alternative calibration
method)
The file identifies the correct resolver/motor
position corresponding to the robot home
position.
From deliveries together with RobotWare 5.0.5
and higher, the data will instead be found on
the SMB (serial measurement board) in the
robot, and not in a separate file.
Absolute Accuracy Based on standard calibration, but besides CalibWare
calibration positioning the robot at home position, the
(optional) Absolute Accuracy calibration also
compensates for:

• mechanical tolerances in the robot


structure
• deflection due to load.
Absolute Accuracy calibration focuses on
positioning accuracy in the Cartesian
coordinate system for the robot.
Absolute Accuracy data is found in the file
absacc.cfg, supplied with the robot at delivery.
The file replaces the calib.cfg file and identifies
motor positions as well as absacc-
compensation parameters.
From deliveries together with RobotWare 5.0.6
and higher, the data will instead be found on
the SMB (serial measurement board) in the
robot, and not in a separate file.
A robot calibrated with AbsAcc has a sticker
next to the identification plate of the robot.
To regain 100% Absolute Accuracy
performance, the robot must be recalibrated
for Absolute Accuracy!

xx0400001197

338   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 340/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 5 Calibration information
5.2. Calibration methods

Calibration methods
Each calibration method is detailed in separate manuals. Below is a brief description of the
methods available.

Calibration Pendulum - standard method


Calibration Pendulum is the standard method for calibration of all ABB robots (except IRB
6400R, IRB 640, IRB 1400H and IRB 4400S) and is also the most accurate method for the
standard type of calibration. It is the recommended method in order to achieve proper
performance.
The calibration equipment for Calibration Pendulum is delivered as a complete toolkit,
including the manual Calibration Pendulum Instruction.

Levelmeter Calibration - alternative method


Levelmeter Calibration is referred to as the alternative method for calibration of ABB robots,

because of the less accurate values obtained during calibration. The method uses the same
principles as Calibration Pendulum but has not as good mechanical tolerances to the toolkit
parts as the standard method with Calibration Pendulum.
This method may, after calibration, require modifications in the robot program, and is
therefore not recommended.
The calibration equipment for Levelmeter Calibration is ordered as separate parts for each
robot and the manual Instruction for Levelmeter Calibration is enclosed with the Levelmeter
2000.

CalibWare - Absolute Accuracy calibration


In order to achieve a good positioning in the Cartesian coordinate system, Absolute Accuracy
is used as a TCP calibration. The tool CalibWare guides through the calibration process and
calculates new compensation parameters. This is detailed further in the manual xx.
If a service operation is done to a robot with Absolute Accuracy, a new absolute accuracy
calibration is required in order to establish full performance. For most cases after motor and
transmission replacements that do not include taking apart the robot structure, standard
calibration is sufficient. Standard calibration also supports wrist exchange.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   339

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 341/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
5 Calibration information
5.3. Calibration scales and correct axis position

5.3. Calibration scales and correct axis position

Introduction
This section specifies the calibration scale positions and/or correct axis position for all robot
models.

Calibration scales/marks, IRB 6600, IRB 6650, IRB 6650S,IRB 7600


The illustration below shows the location of the calibration scales on specific plates and the
calibration marks directly in the casting at axes 2 and 3.

xx0200000176

A1 Calibration scale, axis 1 (early design)


A2 Calibration scale, axis 1 (later design)
B1 Calibration scale, axis 2 (early design)
B2 Calibration mark, axis 2 (later design)
C1 Calibration scale, axis 3 (early design)

C2 Calibration mark, axis 3 (later design)


D Calibration scale, axis 4
E Calibration scale, axis 5
F Calibration scale, axis 6

Calibration marks at axes 2 and 3


The calibration marks at axes 2 and 3, shown in the figure above, consist of two single marks
that should be positioned opposite to one another when the robot is standing in its calibration
position. One of the marks is more narrow than the other and should be positioned within the
limits of the wider mark.

340   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 342/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 5 Calibration information
5.4. Calibration movement directions for all axes

5.4. Calibration movement directions for all axes

Calibration movement directions


When calibrating, the axis must consistently be run towards the calibration position in the
same direction, in order to avoid position errors caused by backlash in gears etc. Positive
directions are shown in the figure below.
This is normally handled by the robot calibration software.
Note! The figure shows an IRB 7600, but the positive direction is the same for all robots,
except the positive direction of axis 3 for IRB 6400R which is in the opposite direction!

xx0200000089

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   341

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 343/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
5 Calibration information
5.5. Updating revolution counters

5.5. Updating revolution counters

General
This section details how to perform a rough calibration of each robot axis, i.e. updating the
revolution counter value for each axis, using either the TPU or the FlexPendant.

Manually running the robot to the calibration position


This procedure details the first step when updating the revolution counter; manually running
the robot to the calibration position.

Step Action Note


1. Select axis-by-axis motion mode.
2. Jog the robot so that the calibration marks lie Shown in section Calibration scales
within the tolerance zone. and correct axis position  on page 340 
in either of the manuals: Instructions
for Levelmeter Calibration  or
Calibration Pendulum Instruction ,
depending on which calibration
method to be used.
3. When all axes are positioned, store the Detailed in sections:
revolution counter settings. Storing the revolution counter setting
with the TPU  on page 343 
(RobotWare 4.0).
Storing the revolution counter setting
with the FlexPendant  on page 344 
(RobotWare 5.0).

Correct calibration position of axis 4 and 6


When running the robot to calibration position, it is extremely important to make sure that
axes 4 and 6 of the below mentioned robots are positioned correctly. The axes do not have
any mechanical stops and can therefore be calibrated at the wrong turn.
Make sure the axes are positioned according to the correct calibration values, not only
according to the calibration marks. The correct values are found on a label, located either on
the lower arm or underneath the flange plate on the base.
At delivery the robot is in the correct position, do NOT rotate axis 4 or 6 at power up before
the revolution counters are updated.
If one of the below mentioned axes are rotated one or more turns from its calibration position
before updating the revolution counter, the exact calibration position will be lost due to
uneven gear ratio. This affects the following robots:

Robot variant Axis 4 Axis 6


IRB6600 / 175kg_2,55 m Yes No
IRB6600 / others Yes Yes

342   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 344/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 5 Calibration information
5.5. Updating revolution counters

Storing the revolution counter setting with the TPU


This section details the second step when updating the revolution counter; storing the
revolution counter setting with the TPU (RobotWare 4.0).

Step Action Note


1. Press the button "Miscellaneous" then ENTER to select the
service window.

xx0100000194

2. Select Calibration from the View menu.


The Calibration window appears.
If there is more than one unit connected to the robot, they will
be listed in the window.

xx0100000201

3. Select the desired unit and choose Rev Counter Update


from the Calib menu.
The Revolution Counter Update window appears.

xx0100000202

4. Select the desired axis and press Incl to include it (it will
be marked with an x) or press  All to select all axes.
5. Press OK when all axes that are to be updated are marked
with an x.
CANCEL returns to the Calibration window.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   343

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 345/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
5 Calibration information
5.5. Updating revolution counters

Step Action Note


6. Press OK again to confirm and start the update.
CANCEL returns to the Revolution Counter Update window.
7. At this point, it is recommended  that the revolution counter Not required.
values are saved to a diskette.
8.

Caution!
If a revolution counter is incorrectly updated, it will cause
incorrect robot positioning, which in turn may cause damage or
injury!
Check the calibration position very carefully after each update.
How to perform the check is detailed in section Checking the
calibration position  on page 346.

Storing the revolution counter setting with the FlexPendant


This procedure details the second step when updating the revolution counter; storing the
revolution counter setting with the FlexPendant (RobotWare 5.0).

Step Action
1. On the ABB menu, tap Calibration.
All mechanical units connected to the system are shown along with their calibration
status.
2. Tap the mechanical unit in question.
A screen is displayed: tap Rev. Counters.

en0400000771

344   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 346/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 5 Calibration information
5.5. Updating revolution counters

Step Action
3. Tap Update revolution counters....
A dialog box is displayed, warning that updating the revolution counters may change
programmed robot positions:
• Tap Yes to update the revolution counters.
• Tap No to cancel updating the revolution counters.
Tapping Yes displays the axis selection window.
4. Select the axis to have its revolution counter updated by:
• Ticking in the box to the left
• Tapping Select all to update all axes.
Then tap Update .
5. A dialog box is displayed, warning that the updating operation cannot be undone:
• Tap Update to proceed with updating the revolution counters.
• Tap Cancel to cancel updating the revolution counters.
Tapping Update updates the ticked revolution counters and removes the tick from
the list of axes.
6.

Caution!
If a revolution counter is incorrectly updated, it will cause incorrect robot positioning,
which in turn may cause damage or injury!
Check the calibration position very carefully after each update.
See section Checking the calibration position  on page 346.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   345

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 347/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
5 Calibration information
5.6. Checking the calibration position

5.6. Checking the calibration position

General
Check the calibration position before beginning any programming of the robot system. This
may be done in one of two ways:
• Using a MoveAbsJ instruction with argument zero on all axes
• Using the Jogging window on the teach pendant

Using a MoveAbsJ instruction on the TPU, S4Cplus


This section describes how to create a program, which runs all the robot axes to their zero
position

Step Action Note


1. Crate a new program
2. Use MoveAbsJ
3. Create the following program: MoveAbsJ
[[0,0,0,0,0,0],[9E9,9E9,9E9,9E9,9E9,9E9]]\NoEOffs 
, v1000, z50, Tool0 
4. Run the program in manual mode
5. Check that the calibration marks for the axes align The calibration marks are
correctly. If they do not, update the revolution shown in section Calibration
counters! scales and correct axis
position  on page 340.
How to update the revolution

counters
Updating is detailed in
revolution section 
counters 
on page 342

Using a MoveAbsJ instruction on the FlexPendant, IRC5


This section describes how to create a program, which runs all the robot axes to their zero
position.

Step Action Note


1. On ABB menu tap Program Editor.
2. Create a new program.
3. Use MoveAbsJ in the Motion&Proc menu.
4. Create the following program: MoveAbsJ
[[0,0,0,0,0,0],[9E9,9E9,9E9,9E9,9E9,9E9]]\NoEOff 
s, v1000, z50, Tool0 
5. Run the program in manual mode.
6. Check that the calibration marks for the axes align The calibration marks are
correctly. If they do not, update the revolution shown in section Calibration
counters! scales and correct axis
position  on page 340.
How to update the revolution
counters is detailed in section
Updating revolution counters  
on page 342.

346   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 348/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 5 Calibration information
5.6. Checking the calibration position

Using the Jogging window on the TPU, S4Cplus


This section describes how to jog the robot to all axes zero position.

Step Action Illustration/information


1. Open the Jogging window.

xx0100000195

2. Choose running axes-by-axes.

xx0100000196

3. Manually run the robot axes to a position where the


axis position value read on the TPU, is equal to
zero.
4. Check that the calibration marks for the axes align The calibration marks are
correctly. If they do not, update the revolution shown in section Calibration
counters ! scales and correct axis
position  on page 340.
Detailed in section Updating
revolution counters  on page
342.

Using the Jogging window on the FlexPendant, IRC5


This section describes how to jog the robot to all axes zero position.

Step Action Note


1. Tap Jogging in the ABB menu.
2. Tap Motion mode to choose group of axes to jog.
3. Tap axes 1-3 to jog axes 1, 2 or 3.
4. Manually run the robots axes to a position where the
axis position value read on the FlexPendant, is equal
to zero.
5. Check that the calibration marks for the axes align The calibration marks are
correctly. If they do not, update the revolution shown in section Calibration
counters! scales and correct axis
position  on page 340.
How to update the counters
is detailed in section
Updating revolution counters  
on page 342.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   347

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 349/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
5 Calibration information
5.6. Checking the calibration position

348   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 350/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 6 Decommissioning
5.6. Checking the calibration position

6 Decommissioning

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   349

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 351/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
6 Decommissioning
6.1. Environmental information

6.1. Environmental information

Hazardous material
The table specifies some of the materials in the manipulator and their respective use
throughout the product.
Dispose the components properly to prevent health or environmental hazards.

Material Example application


Batteries, NiCad or Lithium Serial measurement board
Copper Cables, motors
Cast iron / nodular iron Base, lower arm, upper arm
Steel Gears, screws, base-frame etc.
Neodymium Brakes, motors
Plastic / rubber (PVC) Cables, connectors, drive belts etc.
Oil, grease Gearboxes
Aluminium Covers, sync. brackets

Oil and grease


Where possible, arrange for the oil and grease to be recycled. Dispose of via an authorized
person/contractor in accordance with local regulations. Do no dispose of oil and grease near
lakes, ponds, ditches, down drains, or on to soil. Incineration must be carried out under
controlled conditions in accordance with local regulations.

Also note that:


• Spills may form a film on water surfaces causing damage to organisms. Oxygen
transfer could also be impaired.
• Spillage may penetrate the soil causing ground water contamination.

350   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 352/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
 6 Decommissioning
6.2. Decommissioning of balancing device

6.2. Decommissioning of balancing device

General
There is much energy stored in the balancing device. Therefore a special procedure is
required to dismantle it. The coil springs inside the balancing device exert a potentially lethal
force unless dismantled properly.

Required equipment

Equipment, etc. Art. no. Note


Standard toolkit 3HAC 15571-1 The contents are defined in section
Standard toolkit  in the Product manual,
reference information !

Cutting torch For opening housing and cutting coils


Other tools and procedures may These procedures include references
be required. See references to to the tools required.
these procedures in the step-by-
step instructions below.

DANGER!
 Do not under any circumstances, deal with the balancing device in any other way than that
detailed in the product documentation! For example, attempting to open the balancing device
is potentially lethal!

Procedure
The instruction below details how to cut open the balancing device housing and removing the
tension in the coil springs before opening the device.
Contact ABB Robotics for further consultation.

Step Action Info/Illustration


1. Remove the balancing device from Detailed in section Removal, balancing
the manipulator. device  on page 266.
2. Place it on a workbench or similar.
Make sure it is clamped in position
with a vice or similar.

3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C   351

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 353/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
6 Decommissioning
6.2. Decommissioning of balancing device

Step Action Info/Illustration


3. Open a hole in the side of the Use a cutting torch.
housing as shown in the figure.

xx0400000700

4. Cut the coils of the three springs Use a cutting torch.


inside the housing as specified
below:
• Outer spring: cut at least five
(5) coils!
• Middle spring: cut at least
four (4) coils!
• Inner spring: cut at least four
(4) coils!
5. After double-checking the number of
coils cut and making sure all the
tension in the springs is removed,
remove the end cover of the
balancing device.
6. Dismantle the balancing device and
sort its parts for the recycling plant.

352   3HAC 020938-001 Revision: C

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 354/355
8/9/2019 IRC5-IRB6600 Prod Man 3HAC020938-001 Procedures RevC En
Index

C
cabling, position switch 105
cabling, robot 104
cabling, robot axes 1-4 201
cabling, robot axes 5-6 210
calibration position 342
calibration position, checking 346
calibration position, jog to 347
Connection of external safety devices  17
D
direction of axes 341
G
gearbox oil 152
L
Limitation of Liability 18
N
negative directions, axes 341
O
oil, amount 152
oil, types 152
P
positive directions, axes 341
R
Revolution counters 342
S
Safety, service 17
securing, base plate 70
securing, lower arm 251
securing, robot 74
securing, upper arm 290
U
Updating revolution counters 342
V
Validity and responsibility 17

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/irc5-irb6600-prod-man-3hac020938-001-procedures-revc-en 355/355

You might also like